Bump version to 1.5.3

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/devel-branch-1_4_2@260954 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/directory/perldap/CREDITS

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+This is a short list of people that have contributed to the success of
+this project.
+
+
+* Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	- Project lead.
+	- Wrote some of the API code,  and most of OO layers (Conn.pm,
+	  Entry.pm etc.)
+	- Unix portability test.
+	- Port to Windows/NT and ActivePerl.
+
+
+* Kevin McCarthy
+
+	- Bug fixes, tons of contribution, particularly to the API.xs file.
+
+
+* Michelle Hedstrom <mwyner@perldap.org>
+
+	- Testing, bug fixes, and documentation, as well as working on new
+          modules for PerLDAP v2.0.
+
+
+* Clayton Donley
+
+	  - Wrote some of the initial API code (API.xs and API.pm).
+
+
+* John Kristian
+
+	- Rewrote the entire LDIF module, great stuff!
+
+
+* Netscape Netcenter team (Kevin Burns, Max Block, Mark Takacs etc.)
+
+	- Tons of ideas and requests for features.
+	- Discovering bugs daily (great, thanks... ;-).
+
+
+* Bob Ferguson
+
+	- Primary guinea pig for all my NT builds.
+
+
+* Everyone else that I've forgot to mention:
+
+	- Thanks for testing and debugging this package!

mozilla/directory/perldap/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,785 @@
+2005-01-27  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Fixed the nspr option to truly be an on/off flag,
+	if we need to support shared in the future, we can do so with another
+	option.
+
+	* typemap: Kludgy fix for "void *", used for the prldap options.
+
+	* API.xs: Made it work properly, the arguments were totally wrong.
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Added support for the timeout (for NSPR enabled
+	connections only!).
+	(init): Honor this timeout option.
+	(setNSPRTimeout): Fix for sending down the timeout options.
+	(installNSPR): The "shared" argument wasn't properly passed down to the
+	API when used on an established connection.
+
+2005-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (init): Bad "my" declaration.
+
+2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* LDIF.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+	* Utils.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+	* Entry.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixes for missing NSPR libraries, even though the prldap
+	libraries are available...
+
+2004-12-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Added the entryclass argument.
+	(newEntry): Honor the new entryclass setting.
+	(nextEntry): Ditto.
+	(delete): Changed to check if the provided entry is proper
+	Mozilla::LDAP::Entry (or subclass) type.
+	(add): Ditto.
+
+2004-11-02  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* API.xs (internal_sortcmp_proc): Added support for Perl sort functions.
+	(ldap_multi_sort_entries): Ditto.
+	(ldap_sort_entries): Ditto.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Cleaned up NSPR code, fixed some bugs.
+	(search): Added support for sortattrs, using multisort.
+	(search): Fixed parsing of the attrs.
+	(setOption): Set an "arbitrary" option.
+	(getOption): Getter.
+	(setSizelimit): Set the sizelimit.
+	(getSizelimit): Getter.
+	(init): Added the callback, this has at least the potential of making
+	it possible to parse some server controls as returned by the
+	asyncronous bind.
+	(setOption): Added support for hash style arguments.
+
+2004-10-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (attrModified): Removed some dead code.
+
+	* Conn.pm (add): Fixed so we don't try to add attributes that have been
+	deleted (From Donaldo).
+
+2004-10-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Add NSPR option.
+	(installNSPR): Try to fix the problem by rebinding if this is called.
+	(installNSPR): Now works as a class (static) method.
+
+2004-10-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (close): Removed $ret, it was always 1 anyways.
+
+	* Entry.pm (move): Added support for hash-style arguments.
+	(copy): Added support for hash-style arguments.
+	(removeValue): Added support for hash-style arguments, cleaned up some
+	local variable statements.
+	(removeDNValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
+	(addValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
+	(addDNValue): Added support for hash-style arguments
+	(getValues): Cleaned up arguments.
+	(hasValue): Added support for hash-style arguments.
+	(hasValue): Make sure to lower-case the attribute, this was a bug.
+	(hasDNValue): Support hash-style arguments.
+	(matchValue): Support hash-style arguments.
+	(matchDNValue): Support hash-style arguments.
+	(setDN): Support hash-style arguments.
+
+2004-10-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* API.xs (prldap_set_session_option): New function to set the IO
+	timeout option when using NSPR I/O etc..
+
+	* API.pm: Fixed all indentation, added PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT and
+	prldap_get_session_option.
+
+	* constant.h (constant): Fixed indentation, and added
+	PRLDAP_OPT_IO_MAX_TIMEOUT.
+
+2004-10-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (isEntryModified): Added new method, which indicates that
+	something in the entry has been modified.
+
+	* Conn.pm (newEntry): You can now provide the DN as an argument.
+
+	* Entry.pm (unRemove): Fixed, old bug solved by Kevin...
+
+	* Conn.pm (newEntry): Simplified this to use the normal constructor.
+	(searchURL): Avoid the warnings...
+
+	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Fixed core dump during destructor.
+
+	* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Added support for hash-style args.
+	(browse): Added support for hash-style args.
+	(browse): The hash-style arguments now also supports attrsonly.
+	(compare): Added hash-style args.
+	(search): Got rid of the annoying warning finally, for undefined hash
+	value.
+
+	* API.xs (prldap_install_routines): New function, to modify an existing
+	LDAP * handle (ld) to use NSPR I/O, threading etc.
+
+	* API.pm: Added the NSPR section to symbols.
+
+	* Conn.pm (installNSPR): Added this function, to support NSPR.
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added all the NSPR/NSS dependt libraries as well, for
+	better compiling results.
+
+	* Conn.pm (getVersion): Added this getter as well.
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added LD_RUN_PATH stuff.
+
+2004-10-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (search): Fix for bug 4633, we can now return some
+	number of entries even if we hit SIZE/TIME-LIMIT.
+	(searchURL): Dito.
+	(getErrorCode): Dito.
+	(getErrorString): Dito.
+	(modifyRDN): Changed argument handling.
+	(search): Support hash style arguments now.
+	(searchURL): Support hash style arguments.
+
+	* Entry.pm (addDNValue): Added a "nocase" (optional) argument.
+	(addValue): Dito.
+
+	* Conn.pm (setVersion): New function, change the LDAP protocol version
+	on the connection.
+	(update): Performance optimization, faster check if the %mod structure
+	is empty or not.
+	(update): Fix for bug #77368, $conn->update() returns false if there
+	are no changes being made. Seems more reasonable to not consider that a
+	failure I think.
+	(update): Changed to use ldap_modify_ext_s().
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Added support for -V, and defaulting to LDAP v3
+	now.
+
+2003-06-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Lots of changes to support modern C-SDK.
+
+2003-06-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* API.xs, typemap: Changed `na' to `PL_na'. This means we now
+	only support Perl 5.005 or later.
+
+2000-09-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix to allow us to delete() an attribute,
+	call update(), and then add new values (or the same values...) to
+	the entry again.
+
+2000-09-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Bug fix from daniel.hams@db.com (Daniel
+	Hams) to avoid warnings from Apache and mod_perl.
+
+2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Utils.pm (askPassword): Oops, stupid typo here, should be
+	"unless $prompt" of course...
+
+2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Removed a test which made this function
+	not working at all... :)
+
+2000-09-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Removed an if defined() to avoid warnings with Perl v5.6.
+
+2000-06-24  Wolfram Schmidt  <wschmidt@decefix.iao.fhg.de>
+
+	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Fix bug for deleting all attributes and calling
+	keys.
+
+2000-05-30  Kevin McCarthy  <kevin@perldap.org>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added fix so API.xs compiles under Perl 5.6
+	(POLLUTE=>1)
+
+2000-05-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Lots of small fixes...
+
+1999-09-07  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* API.xs (avref2charptrptr): Fixed potential core dump, if the
+	argument passed wasn't a proper array.
+	(avref2berptrptr): Ditto.
+
+1999-09-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@perldap.org>
+
+	* Conn.pm (search): Removed $res and $resv, set the internal data
+	element directly.
+	(searchURL): Ditto.
+
+1999-08-25  John Kristian <kristian@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Bug fix.
+
+	* LDIF.pm: Cleaned out memory leaks.
+
+1999-08-24  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Merged v1.3.x into trunk, tagged it as v1.4, and released it!
+
+1999-08-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Changed internal version numbering again, just called this plain
+	v1.4.
+
+	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Bug fix, we'd crap out if there are no
+	attributes in the returned entry.
+	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
+
+1999-08-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Set version number to v1.4! Woohoo! Also tagged it as v1.3.4,
+	last "development" release.
+
+1999-08-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixes for Windows/NT, cleaned out some code etc.
+	(MY::postamble): Support for "make html".
+
+	* MANIFEST: Updated with all new files etc.
+
+	* test.pl: Renamed to oldtest.pl, to avoid "make test" to fail.
+
+1999-08-16  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org> and Leif Hedstrom
+
+	* API.xs: Cleaned most all the memory allocation changes, we are
+	changing it to use the LDAP_OPT_MEMALLOC_FN_PTRS option in the
+	C-SDK instead (much cleaner!).
+	(perldap_init): New function, set up the memory management
+	handlers. This is called when the API module is loaded.
+	(perldap_malloc): New function, our memory management method(s).
+	(perldap_calloc): Ditto.
+	(perldap_realloc): Ditto.
+	(perldap_free): Ditto.
+
+1999-08-16  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
+
+	* API.xs: Cleaned up prototypes, changed strdup() to use a
+	Perl'ified version, change a number of free()'s to use Safefree.
+	(ldap_value_free_perl): New function, similar to
+	ldap_mods_free_perl(), to avoid memory problems (on NT and
+	ActivePerl primarily).
+	(StrDup): New function, to handle strdup() calls in a safe way.
+	(ber_bvfree_perl): Ditto.
+	(ber_bvecfree_perl): Ditto.
+
+1999-08-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* API.xs (ldap_mods_free_perl): Modified version of
+	ldap_mods_free(), which uses Perl native free method instead of
+	the things from the LDAP SDK. This fixes some nasty issues with
+	Windows/NT and ActiveState Perl. Woohoo!!!
+
+1999-08-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
+
+	* Entry.pm (setValues): Implemented bug fix for bug id 7131, where
+	the "_save_" structures weren't set properly when using setValues().
+
+1999-08-14  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Rewrote to optimize add/remove vs replace
+	operations. Basically, we'll try to do whatever seems to be the
+	smallest amount of work for the LDAP server now.
+
+1999-08-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Cleaned up code, and added support for linking in
+	the missing libraries need for some missing symbols.
+
+1999-08-13  Michelle Wyner  <mwyner@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm: Updated documentation, and cleaned it up.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Ditto.
+
+1999-08-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (move): Changed name, was rename(), is now move().
+
+1999-08-10  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (setValues): Renamed, used to be setValue(), which is
+	now an alias to setValues().
+	(getValues): New method, to get the array of values.
+	(STORE): Fixed tests around DN handling, making sure it's not
+	treated as an array. I also optimized a couple of tests, since we
+	now filter out "DN" earlier in the funtion(s).
+	(attrModified): Ditto.
+	(attrClean): Ditto.
+	(unRemove): Ditto.
+	(removeValue): Ditto.
+	(addValue): Ditto.
+
+1999-08-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
+
+	* Entry.pm (setValue): Remove _delete_ flag, if set.
+
+	* Conn.pm (close): Fixed memory leak, moved code from the DESTROY
+	method over here.
+	(DESTROY): Call the close() method.
+	(getErrorCode): We now return LDAP_SUCCESS if there is no LDAP
+	connection handle.
+	(getErrorString): Ditto.
+
+	* Entry.pm (STORE): Bug fix for large attribute sets.
+	(attrModified): Ditto.
+	(removeValue): Ditto.
+	(addValue): Ditto.
+	(EXISTS): Fix for bug 4368, cleaning up the code, and avoid the
+	double calls.
+
+1999-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com> and Kevin McCarthy
+
+	* API.xs: Added some more tests around free() statements. These
+	are most likely never triggered, but better safe than sorrow (and
+	the overhead of testing this is insignificant).
+
+	* Conn.pm (browse): Added this function, to make it easy to browse
+	an entry.
+	(compare): Compare an attribute value against a DN/entry, without
+	having to do the search.
+
+	* Entry.pm (removeValue): Fixed loop bug.
+	(addValue): Ditto.
+	(hasValue): Ditto.
+	(matchValue): Fixed loop bug, and also missing normalization in
+	half of the case statement.
+	(rename): Added this new method, to rename attributes.
+	(copy): Added, to copy attributes.
+
+	* Merged v1.2.3 with v1.3 branch.
+
+1999-08-06  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
+
+	* Entry.pm (addDNValue): Bug fix, index for norm was wrong.
+
+	* Entry.pm (size): Optimzied for performance.
+
+1999-07-25  Kevin McCarthy  <kmccarth@perldap.org>
+
+        * API.xs: Fixed memory allocation problems in parsing and
+        generating the LDAPMods structure.
+
+1999-06-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+        * Conn.pm (add): Fixed bug 3342, thanks to Kevin McCarthy for
+        debugging this, and providing a patch. This fixes the problem with
+        adding new entries that has binary data.
+
+1999-03-23  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Changed versioning numbers for all .pm files.
+
+1999-03-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm: Removed all _self_obj_ stuff...
+
+	* Conn.pm: Ditto.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Cleanup in use statements, and "use strict".
+	(search): Avoid warnings of uninitialized variables.
+	(searchURL): Ditto.
+	(modifyRDN): Bugfix, we did not update the appropriate DN in the
+	self object (very minor...).
+
+	* Entry.pm: Cleanup in use statements, and "use strict".
+	(BEGIN): Added this initializer, to use the new LDIF module.
+	(STORE): Fixed bug where we would not ignore the internal instance
+	variables properly.
+
+	* Utils.pm: Cleanup in all use statements, and "use strict". Also
+	enforces the VERSION control feature.
+
+	* Merged v1.2.1 to devel-branch-1_3, and tagged v1.3.1.
+
+1999-03-21  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Checked in v1.2.1(beta).
+
+1999-03-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (add): Fixed the code so that it will handle hash array,
+	as the documentation indicates. (Pointed out by Kevin Burns).
+	(add): Code cleanup in the add() method.
+
+1999-03-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm: Changed back some of the "my" definitions, to make
+	sure arrays are properly reset.
+	(setValue): Added the _modified_ flag, from Stephen P. Schaefer
+	<stephen@networks.com>.
+	(addValue): Bug fix, when calling delete, and then
+	addValue(). From Stephen P. Schaefer as well.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Ditto. This fixes the bug where qsearch/printLDIF()
+	would print multiple values.
+
+1999-03-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm: Changed docs for modifyRDN(), it was wrong...
+
+1999-03-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (new): Added this method, so that "new ...::Entry" will
+	work as expected.
+
+1999-03-09  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm: Tons of changes to handling the save/modified/deleted
+	attribute values.
+	(DESTROY): Added this destructor again, this time it does seem to
+	help quite a lot! Whoohoo...
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix for bug #2530, keeping sort order for
+	attribute values.
+
+1999-03-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (unRemove): Bug fix, this was terribly horked, please
+	let's try it to make sure it works...
+
+	* Conn.pm (newEntry): Bug fix, forgot to give it the self_obj
+	member value... Sigh.
+
+1999-03-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (DELETE): We now handle the event that someone tries to
+	delete an internal attribute.
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Bug: We forgot to test for existance of
+	"_save_" before trying to loop over it.
+
+	* Entry.pm (attrClean): Added this method, to make it easier to
+	reset the internal state of en Entry. This is used primarily by
+	the Conn.pm package.
+	(unRemove): Bug Fix: $selfl changed to $self...
+
+1999-02-28  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (matchValue): Added support for the normalization,
+	which should have been done before... Bug #2854.
+
+	* Conn.pm (printError): Changed to use ldap_err2string instead of
+	ldap_perror.
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Changed "root" to "base" in the LD
+	structure.
+	(userCredentials): Ditto.
+
+	* Conn.pm: Changed documentation to reflect the "base/root"
+	change.
+
+1999-01-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed (tried to fix...) the bug with
+	missing attributes. I hope this will work, at a minimum I'm sure
+	it won't hurt. The idea is to keep the case on the attribute type
+	when requesting the values_len().
+
+1999-01-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* API.xs: Added IF statements around all ldap_value_free() calls.
+
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getRes): Ooops, didn't return the appropriate
+	value... :(
+	(init): Changed test for LDAP_SUCCESS, to always return 0 or 1.
+	(close): Ditto.
+	(delete): Ditto.
+	(add): Ditto.
+	(modifyRDN): Ditto.
+	(update): Ditto.
+	(simpleAuth): Ditto.
+
+	* Entry.pm (NEXTKEY): Don't return the last $key if it's one that
+	should be hidden.
+
+	* Conn.pm (newEntry): New method, to create an empty LDAP::Entry
+	object. It is properly "tied" into the appropriate object.
+
+1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (setDN): Added third optional argument, to enfoce DN
+	normalization.
+	(getDN): Ditto.
+	(hasDNValue): Ditto.
+	(matchDNValue): Ditto.
+
+	* Entry.pm (removeValue): Added support for DN normalization
+	(optional argument).
+	(addValue): Ditto
+	(getDN): Ditto.
+
+1998-12-31  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (DESTROY): Added this method, don't know if it actually
+	makes any sense at all... :(
+
+	* Conn.pm (add): Use _oc_order_ to find a list of attributes, to
+	avoide calling the TIEHASH methods.
+	(update): Ditto.
+	(ALL): Clean out some "my" definitions.
+
+	* Entry.pm (unRemove): New function, to undo remove opertaions on
+	an attribute.
+	(DELETE): Bug-fix, don't undef the attribute, it would prevent us
+	from updating it properly in the Conn::update() method.
+	(remove): Ditto.
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Return $obj instead of blessing the %entry
+	(again).
+
+1998-12-25  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (POD): Changed examples from $conn -> $entry.
+
+1998-12-17  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (DESTROY): undef the Perl data after doing a
+	ldap_msgfree(), bug #1964.
+	(search): Ditto.
+	(searchURL): Ditto.
+	(nextEntry): Changed the order of setting numattr, to make sure
+	it's zero if we don't find anything.
+
+1998-12-16  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (FIRSTKEY): Modified to honor the oc_order.
+	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
+	(markModified): Made as an alias for attrModified().
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Added code to handle internal counters for
+	number of attributes in oc_order. This is used/needed for the
+	FIRSTKEY and NEXTKEY methods in the Entry/Tie::Hash object.
+
+	* Entry.pm (isAttr): New method, to make sure an attribute name
+	really is a valid LDAP attribute.
+	(FIRSTKEY): Now we'll handle each() and keys() properly, whooohoo!
+	(NEXTKEY): Ditto.
+
+1998-12-15  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (isDeleted): Added new method, almost identical to isModified().
+	(EXISTS): New method, to implement the EXISTS functionality.
+
+	* API.xs (RET_CPP): Test for NULL pointers, bug #1387.
+	(RET_BVPP): Ditto.
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Fixed bug where "-s 0" would not be honored
+	(I'm an idiot, OK?).
+
+1998-12-14  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getRes): New method, to return the internal result message.
+	(getLD): Use defined() around test for existence.
+
+1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Make sure binddn and bindpasswd are set to the
+	empty string unless specified.
+	(init): Make sure certdb is defined before trying to use it.
+	(setDefaultRebindProc): Added default auth method, unless
+	explicitly specified.
+
+	* Utils.pm (askPassword): Added support for Term::ReadKey.
+	(askPassword): Moved the eval "use ..." here.
+	(userCredentials): Removed verbose print statement.
+	(askPassword): Added an optional argument to print a prompt;
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Added a default "auth" value, if
+	not provided in the call.
+
+1998-12-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Modified so that "silent" install will actually
+	echo what options it's setting.
+	It will now croak() if the SDK dir specified doesn't exist.
+
+	* INSTALL: Updated to reflect new v1.1 stuff. Added links to the
+	FAQ.
+
+	* README: Ditto. Also changed some of the binary install
+	information, which might not be useful anyways...
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added "filters" to remove .dll and .sl from shared
+	libraries when creating link options. I also replaced the code to
+	put the valid library extensions into a variable (bug #1344).
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixed some crap with the config parsing, and ENV
+	handling (for silent installs).
+
+1998-12-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Bug fix, now we empty the hash array before
+	examining changed attributes (bug #1385).
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Added the "-nolinenumbers" XSUBS options (bug #1329).
+
+1998-09-26  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (init): Cleaned out _perror() calls.
+	(delete): Added support for calling delete() with an Entry::
+	object as paramter.
+	(new): Cleaned out some dead code for $ref.
+
+	* Entry.pm (setValue): New method, to avoid having to use Perl
+	assignment statements to set an entire attribute value.
+
+1998-09-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (init): Changed call to ldapssl_client_init() to pass a
+	0 value as the handle pointer. This avoids a Perl compiler warning.
+
+1998-09-12  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* LDIF.pm (readEntries): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
+	defined().
+
+	* Utils.pm (ldapArgs): Bug fix, we used the wrong option for the
+	certificate (-P) when checking to set the LDAP port.
+	(normalizeDN): Chagned tests for empty arguments, to use use defined().
+
+	* Entry.pm (STORE): Changed tests for empty arguments, to use
+	defined().
+	(DELETE): Ditto.
+	(attrModified): Ditto.
+	(isModified): Ditto.
+	(remove): Ditto.
+	(removeValue): Ditto.
+	(addValue): Ditto.
+	(hasValue): Ditto.
+	(matchValue): Ditto.
+	(setDN): Ditto.
+	(size): Ditto.
+	(exists): Ditto.
+
+	* Conn.pm (printError): Changed test for $str to see if it's defined.
+	(delete): Cleaned up code around $dn.
+	(modifyRDN): Cleaned up testes around $dn and $del.
+
+1998-09-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): We now preserve the case of the DN/RDN, but
+	still treat RDNs as CIS when comparing strings.
+
+1998-09-08  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): Bug fix, it had the Ldapc:: crap
+	stil in there... :-(.
+	(simpleAuth): New method, to do simple authentication rebind.
+
+1998-09-07  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Changed all <> to <STDIN>, to support command line
+	arguments for MakeMaker.
+
+1998-09-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Fixed bug with case sensitivity.
+
+1998-08-18  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (setDefaultRebindProc): It's back!
+	Officially released PerLDAP v1.0.
+
+1998-08-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Fixed so that automated installs works.
+
+	* Conn.pm (update): Fixed narly bug with ldap_modify()...
+
+	* All: Cleaned up some hash indexes, to make sure they are
+	properly quoted, and there are no conflicts to resolve.
+	
+	* Entry.pm (STORE): Fixed a bug with attribute names not being
+	properly added to _oc_order_.
+	(addValue): Ditto, added the same code as for STORE.
+
+1998-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Entry.pm (printLDIF): Copied/modified from the Utils.pm library.
+	(isModified): Added this function, thought it might be useful.
+
+1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): Fixed! It also has an option to take an
+	"external" DN as an argument, if supplied.
+
+1998-08-02  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (getErrorCode): Now takes two optional arguments, to
+	return the match string, and extra error string. Note that these
+	two arguments are pointers to strings!
+
+	* API.xs(ldap_get_lderrno): Fixed this function, at least it seems
+	to work now...
+
+	* Conn.pm (getLD): Added this function, convenient way to get the
+	LD from the OO layer.
+
+1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Conn.pm (modifyRDN): New method, to rename the RDN of the entry.
+
+	* Utils.pm (answer): New function, from LdapUtils.pm.
+
+	* Conn.pm (delete): Fixed references to normalizeDN.
+
+	* Utils.pm (userCredentials): Added this function, to make it easy
+	to get credentials when binding as a user.
+	(normalizeDN): Fixed bugs, because of calling convention...
+
+	* Conn.pm (getError): Fixed bug with passing read-only argument.
+
+1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* Utils.pm (unixCrypt): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm module.
+	Added askPassword to the export tag.
+
+	* Conn.pm (new): Added support for passing a hash array of all the
+	parameters, as returned by the ldapArgs() function.
+
+	* Utils.pm (str2Scope): New function, for converting strings
+	(subtree) to a numerical scope value (2).
+	(askPassword): Ditto, ask for a password, interactively.
+	(ldapArgs): Ditto, handle common LDAP command line arguments.
+
+	* Makefile.PL: Minor change, to do regex match on OS version for
+	MSWin.
+
+	* Entry.pm: Changed all _XXX hash values to also end with a _,
+	hence making it easier to isolate them (/^_.*_$/).
+
+	* Conn.pm (nextEntry): Changed to accept that the attributes are
+	now arrays, not pointers to arrays. We still consider them as
+	pointers internally though, it's cleaner API.
+
+	* API.pm: Changed to use the native Exporter function to export
+	tags into EXPORT_OK.
+
+1998-07-22  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* LDIF.pm (readEntry): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
+
+	* Utils.pm (printEntry): Moved from the ::Connection class, and
+	marked it as "obsolete".
+	(encodeBase64): Moved from my LdapUtils.pm package.
+	(decodeBase64): Ditto.
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/INSTALL

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+PerLDAP installation instructions
+==================================
+
+Building this package is fairly straight forward, but requires some
+knowledge about using compilers and compiler tools on your system. If you
+are uncomfortable using these tools, we recommend you get one of the
+prebuilt binary distributions instead.
+
+
+Prerequisites
+=============
+
+In order to build the module, you'll need
+
+	- Perl, version 5.005 or later, although it's only been
+	tested and developed using 5.008.
+
+	- An ANSI-C compiler, e.g. gcc-2.x, or Visual C++ 5.0.
+
+	- The LDAP client libraries and include files, either from the
+	mozilla.org source, or precompiled packages from sun.com
+	(http://wwws.sun.com/software/download/app_dev.html#sdks)
+	See the README file for information on retrieving binaries.
+
+You can download (or CVS checkout) the Directory SDK source, see further
+information available on
+
+	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+
+RedHat also provide C-SDK builds, available at
+
+	ftp://ftp.redhat.com/pub/redhat/ldapsdk/
+
+For NSPR and NSS (SSL) support, you might also need to download those
+SDKs, for instance
+
+      ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/nspr/releases/v4.6.1/
+      ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_11_RTM/
+
+
+There's also a semi-obsoloete FAQ at
+
+	http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
+
+
+
+Building
+========
+
+This package uses the normal Perl5 MakeMaker installation system. To
+generate a Makefile appropriate for your platform, run perl on the
+provided Makefile.PL script, e.g.
+
+	% perl Makefile.PL
+
+
+You might have to use the command `perl5' or `perl-5.004', depending on
+how you installed Perl-5. The script will now ask you a few questions to
+find the necessary library and include files. A typical configuration
+session is
+
+    computer (13:19) 1096/1 $ perl Makefile.PL
+ 
+    PerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP
+    ================================
+    Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Netscape
+    LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: /usr): /usr/local/ldapsdk5
+    Using LDAPv3 Developer Kit (default: yes)?
+    Include SSL Support (default: yes)?
+    Libraries to link with (default: -lldap50 -lssldap50 -lssl3):
+    Writing Makefile for Mozilla::LDAP::API
+
+The important question is where your LDAP SDK is installed, in the example
+above the base directory is /usr/local/ldapsdk5. This directory should have two
+subdirectories, named "lib" and "include". If you installed the SDK in the
+standard /usr hierarchy, use the default value as provided by the install
+script.
+
+Assuming you get no errors or warning, proceed with the build and install:
+
+	$ make
+	$ make install
+
+
+That should be it!
+
+
+Automated Configuration and Installs
+====================================
+
+The Makefile.PL script also honors a set of environment variables to make
+it possible to do configuration and installs non-interactively. The
+variables are
+
+        LDAPSDKDIR    - Full path to the C SDK base directory
+        LDAPSDKSSL    - Set to "N" to disable SSL (SSL is default)
+	LDAPPR        - Enable prldap_ functionality (off by default)
+
+
+With these variables set, you will not be asked any of the questions above
+(but it will echo the paramaters). Just run the Makefile.PL script, and
+finish the build, e.g.
+
+        $ perl5 Makefile.PL
+	$ make
+	$ make install
+
+RPM
+===
+
+The script Makefile.PL.rpm is used instead of Makefile.PL for building the RPM.
+See the spec file perl-Mozilla-LDAP.spec for more details.

mozilla/directory/perldap/MANIFEST

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+ChangeLog
+API.pm
+API.xs
+MANIFEST
+Makefile.PL
+PerLDAP.ppd
+constant.h
+typemap
+Entry.pm
+Conn.pm
+LDIF.pm
+Utils.pm
+README
+INSTALL
+CREDITS
+RELEASE
+MPL-1.1.txt
+test_api/search.pl
+test_api/write.pl
+test_api/api.pl
+t/conn.pl
+t/entry.pl
+t/ChangeLog
+t/api.t
+t/conn.t
+t/entry.t
+t/ldif.t
+t/utils.t
+examples/ChangeLog
+examples/lfinger.pl
+examples/qsearch.pl
+examples/monitor.pl
+examples/ldappasswd.pl
+examples/rmentry.pl
+examples/tabdump.pl
+examples/modattr.pl
+examples/rename.pl
+examples/psoftsync.pl
+examples/changes2ldif.pl
+examples/rand_mods.pl
+META.yml                                 Module meta-data (added by MakeMaker)

mozilla/directory/perldap/META.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# http://module-build.sourceforge.net/META-spec.html
+#XXXXXXX This is a prototype!!!  It will change in the future!!! XXXXX#
+name:         PerLDAP
+version:      1.5
+version_from: API.pm
+installdirs:  site
+requires:
+
+distribution_type: module
+generated_by: ExtUtils::MakeMaker version 6.17

mozilla/directory/perldap/MPL-1.1.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,567 @@
+                          MOZILLA PUBLIC LICENSE
+                                Version 1.1
+
+                              ---------------
+
+1. Definitions.
+
+     1.0.1. "Commercial Use" means distribution or otherwise making the
+     Covered Code available to a third party.
+
+     1.1. "Contributor" means each entity that creates or contributes to
+     the creation of Modifications.
+
+     1.2. "Contributor Version" means the combination of the Original
+     Code, prior Modifications used by a Contributor, and the Modifications
+     made by that particular Contributor.
+
+     1.3. "Covered Code" means the Original Code or Modifications or the
+     combination of the Original Code and Modifications, in each case
+     including portions thereof.
+
+     1.4. "Electronic Distribution Mechanism" means a mechanism generally
+     accepted in the software development community for the electronic
+     transfer of data.
+
+     1.5. "Executable" means Covered Code in any form other than Source
+     Code.
+
+     1.6. "Initial Developer" means the individual or entity identified
+     as the Initial Developer in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit
+     A.
+
+     1.7. "Larger Work" means a work which combines Covered Code or
+     portions thereof with code not governed by the terms of this License.
+
+     1.8. "License" means this document.
+
+     1.8.1. "Licensable" means having the right to grant, to the maximum
+     extent possible, whether at the time of the initial grant or
+     subsequently acquired, any and all of the rights conveyed herein.
+
+     1.9. "Modifications" means any addition to or deletion from the
+     substance or structure of either the Original Code or any previous
+     Modifications. When Covered Code is released as a series of files, a
+     Modification is:
+          A. Any addition to or deletion from the contents of a file
+          containing Original Code or previous Modifications.
+
+          B. Any new file that contains any part of the Original Code or
+          previous Modifications.
+
+     1.10. "Original Code" means Source Code of computer software code
+     which is described in the Source Code notice required by Exhibit A as
+     Original Code, and which, at the time of its release under this
+     License is not already Covered Code governed by this License.
+
+     1.10.1. "Patent Claims" means any patent claim(s), now owned or
+     hereafter acquired, including without limitation,  method, process,
+     and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by grantor.
+
+     1.11. "Source Code" means the preferred form of the Covered Code for
+     making modifications to it, including all modules it contains, plus
+     any associated interface definition files, scripts used to control
+     compilation and installation of an Executable, or source code
+     differential comparisons against either the Original Code or another
+     well known, available Covered Code of the Contributor's choice. The
+     Source Code can be in a compressed or archival form, provided the
+     appropriate decompression or de-archiving software is widely available
+     for no charge.
+
+     1.12. "You" (or "Your")  means an individual or a legal entity
+     exercising rights under, and complying with all of the terms of, this
+     License or a future version of this License issued under Section 6.1.
+     For legal entities, "You" includes any entity which controls, is
+     controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of
+     this definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect,
+     to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
+     contract or otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent
+     (50%) of the outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such
+     entity.
+
+2. Source Code License.
+
+     2.1. The Initial Developer Grant.
+     The Initial Developer hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license, subject to third party intellectual property
+     claims:
+          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
+          trademark) Licensable by Initial Developer to use, reproduce,
+          modify, display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Original
+          Code (or portions thereof) with or without Modifications, and/or
+          as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under Patents Claims infringed by the making, using or
+          selling of Original Code, to make, have made, use, practice,
+          sell, and offer for sale, and/or otherwise dispose of the
+          Original Code (or portions thereof).
+
+          (c) the licenses granted in this Section 2.1(a) and (b) are
+          effective on the date Initial Developer first distributes
+          Original Code under the terms of this License.
+
+          (d) Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is
+          granted: 1) for code that You delete from the Original Code; 2)
+          separate from the Original Code;  or 3) for infringements caused
+          by: i) the modification of the Original Code or ii) the
+          combination of the Original Code with other software or devices.
+
+     2.2. Contributor Grant.
+     Subject to third party intellectual property claims, each Contributor
+     hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free, non-exclusive license
+
+          (a)  under intellectual property rights (other than patent or
+          trademark) Licensable by Contributor, to use, reproduce, modify,
+          display, perform, sublicense and distribute the Modifications
+          created by such Contributor (or portions thereof) either on an
+          unmodified basis, with other Modifications, as Covered Code
+          and/or as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+          (b) under Patent Claims infringed by the making, using, or
+          selling of  Modifications made by that Contributor either alone
+          and/or in combination with its Contributor Version (or portions
+          of such combination), to make, use, sell, offer for sale, have
+          made, and/or otherwise dispose of: 1) Modifications made by that
+          Contributor (or portions thereof); and 2) the combination of
+          Modifications made by that Contributor with its Contributor
+          Version (or portions of such combination).
+
+          (c) the licenses granted in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.2(b) are
+          effective on the date Contributor first makes Commercial Use of
+          the Covered Code.
+
+          (d)    Notwithstanding Section 2.2(b) above, no patent license is
+          granted: 1) for any code that Contributor has deleted from the
+          Contributor Version; 2)  separate from the Contributor Version;
+          3)  for infringements caused by: i) third party modifications of
+          Contributor Version or ii)  the combination of Modifications made
+          by that Contributor with other software  (except as part of the
+          Contributor Version) or other devices; or 4) under Patent Claims
+          infringed by Covered Code in the absence of Modifications made by
+          that Contributor.
+
+3. Distribution Obligations.
+
+     3.1. Application of License.
+     The Modifications which You create or to which You contribute are
+     governed by the terms of this License, including without limitation
+     Section 2.2. The Source Code version of Covered Code may be
+     distributed only under the terms of this License or a future version
+     of this License released under Section 6.1, and You must include a
+     copy of this License with every copy of the Source Code You
+     distribute. You may not offer or impose any terms on any Source Code
+     version that alters or restricts the applicable version of this
+     License or the recipients' rights hereunder. However, You may include
+     an additional document offering the additional rights described in
+     Section 3.5.
+
+     3.2. Availability of Source Code.
+     Any Modification which You create or to which You contribute must be
+     made available in Source Code form under the terms of this License
+     either on the same media as an Executable version or via an accepted
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism to anyone to whom you made an
+     Executable version available; and if made available via Electronic
+     Distribution Mechanism, must remain available for at least twelve (12)
+     months after the date it initially became available, or at least six
+     (6) months after a subsequent version of that particular Modification
+     has been made available to such recipients. You are responsible for
+     ensuring that the Source Code version remains available even if the
+     Electronic Distribution Mechanism is maintained by a third party.
+
+     3.3. Description of Modifications.
+     You must cause all Covered Code to which You contribute to contain a
+     file documenting the changes You made to create that Covered Code and
+     the date of any change. You must include a prominent statement that
+     the Modification is derived, directly or indirectly, from Original
+     Code provided by the Initial Developer and including the name of the
+     Initial Developer in (a) the Source Code, and (b) in any notice in an
+     Executable version or related documentation in which You describe the
+     origin or ownership of the Covered Code.
+
+     3.4. Intellectual Property Matters
+          (a) Third Party Claims.
+          If Contributor has knowledge that a license under a third party's
+          intellectual property rights is required to exercise the rights
+          granted by such Contributor under Sections 2.1 or 2.2,
+          Contributor must include a text file with the Source Code
+          distribution titled "LEGAL" which describes the claim and the
+          party making the claim in sufficient detail that a recipient will
+          know whom to contact. If Contributor obtains such knowledge after
+          the Modification is made available as described in Section 3.2,
+          Contributor shall promptly modify the LEGAL file in all copies
+          Contributor makes available thereafter and shall take other steps
+          (such as notifying appropriate mailing lists or newsgroups)
+          reasonably calculated to inform those who received the Covered
+          Code that new knowledge has been obtained.
+
+          (b) Contributor APIs.
+          If Contributor's Modifications include an application programming
+          interface and Contributor has knowledge of patent licenses which
+          are reasonably necessary to implement that API, Contributor must
+          also include this information in the LEGAL file.
+
+               (c)    Representations.
+          Contributor represents that, except as disclosed pursuant to
+          Section 3.4(a) above, Contributor believes that Contributor's
+          Modifications are Contributor's original creation(s) and/or
+          Contributor has sufficient rights to grant the rights conveyed by
+          this License.
+
+     3.5. Required Notices.
+     You must duplicate the notice in Exhibit A in each file of the Source
+     Code.  If it is not possible to put such notice in a particular Source
+     Code file due to its structure, then You must include such notice in a
+     location (such as a relevant directory) where a user would be likely
+     to look for such a notice.  If You created one or more Modification(s)
+     You may add your name as a Contributor to the notice described in
+     Exhibit A.  You must also duplicate this License in any documentation
+     for the Source Code where You describe recipients' rights or ownership
+     rights relating to Covered Code.  You may choose to offer, and to
+     charge a fee for, warranty, support, indemnity or liability
+     obligations to one or more recipients of Covered Code. However, You
+     may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf of the Initial
+     Developer or any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear than
+     any such warranty, support, indemnity or liability obligation is
+     offered by You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify the Initial
+     Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by the
+     Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of warranty,
+     support, indemnity or liability terms You offer.
+
+     3.6. Distribution of Executable Versions.
+     You may distribute Covered Code in Executable form only if the
+     requirements of Section 3.1-3.5 have been met for that Covered Code,
+     and if You include a notice stating that the Source Code version of
+     the Covered Code is available under the terms of this License,
+     including a description of how and where You have fulfilled the
+     obligations of Section 3.2. The notice must be conspicuously included
+     in any notice in an Executable version, related documentation or
+     collateral in which You describe recipients' rights relating to the
+     Covered Code. You may distribute the Executable version of Covered
+     Code or ownership rights under a license of Your choice, which may
+     contain terms different from this License, provided that You are in
+     compliance with the terms of this License and that the license for the
+     Executable version does not attempt to limit or alter the recipient's
+     rights in the Source Code version from the rights set forth in this
+     License. If You distribute the Executable version under a different
+     license You must make it absolutely clear that any terms which differ
+     from this License are offered by You alone, not by the Initial
+     Developer or any Contributor. You hereby agree to indemnify the
+     Initial Developer and every Contributor for any liability incurred by
+     the Initial Developer or such Contributor as a result of any such
+     terms You offer.
+
+     3.7. Larger Works.
+     You may create a Larger Work by combining Covered Code with other code
+     not governed by the terms of this License and distribute the Larger
+     Work as a single product. In such a case, You must make sure the
+     requirements of this License are fulfilled for the Covered Code.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation.
+
+     If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this
+     License with respect to some or all of the Covered Code due to
+     statute, judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with
+     the terms of this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b)
+     describe the limitations and the code they affect. Such description
+     must be included in the LEGAL file described in Section 3.4 and must
+     be included with all distributions of the Source Code. Except to the
+     extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+     sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+     understand it.
+
+5. Application of this License.
+
+     This License applies to code to which the Initial Developer has
+     attached the notice in Exhibit A and to related Covered Code.
+
+6. Versions of the License.
+
+     6.1. New Versions.
+     Netscape Communications Corporation ("Netscape") may publish revised
+     and/or new versions of the License from time to time. Each version
+     will be given a distinguishing version number.
+
+     6.2. Effect of New Versions.
+     Once Covered Code has been published under a particular version of the
+     License, You may always continue to use it under the terms of that
+     version. You may also choose to use such Covered Code under the terms
+     of any subsequent version of the License published by Netscape. No one
+     other than Netscape has the right to modify the terms applicable to
+     Covered Code created under this License.
+
+     6.3. Derivative Works.
+     If You create or use a modified version of this License (which you may
+     only do in order to apply it to code which is not already Covered Code
+     governed by this License), You must (a) rename Your license so that
+     the phrases "Mozilla", "MOZILLAPL", "MOZPL", "Netscape",
+     "MPL", "NPL" or any confusingly similar phrase do not appear in your
+     license (except to note that your license differs from this License)
+     and (b) otherwise make it clear that Your version of the license
+     contains terms which differ from the Mozilla Public License and
+     Netscape Public License. (Filling in the name of the Initial
+     Developer, Original Code or Contributor in the notice described in
+     Exhibit A shall not of themselves be deemed to be modifications of
+     this License.)
+
+7. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.
+
+     COVERED CODE IS PROVIDED UNDER THIS LICENSE ON AN "AS IS" BASIS,
+     WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING,
+     WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES THAT THE COVERED CODE IS FREE OF
+     DEFECTS, MERCHANTABLE, FIT FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGING.
+     THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE COVERED CODE
+     IS WITH YOU. SHOULD ANY COVERED CODE PROVE DEFECTIVE IN ANY RESPECT,
+     YOU (NOT THE INITIAL DEVELOPER OR ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR) ASSUME THE
+     COST OF ANY NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. THIS DISCLAIMER
+     OF WARRANTY CONSTITUTES AN ESSENTIAL PART OF THIS LICENSE. NO USE OF
+     ANY COVERED CODE IS AUTHORIZED HEREUNDER EXCEPT UNDER THIS DISCLAIMER.
+
+8. TERMINATION.
+
+     8.1.  This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate
+     automatically if You fail to comply with terms herein and fail to cure
+     such breach within 30 days of becoming aware of the breach. All
+     sublicenses to the Covered Code which are properly granted shall
+     survive any termination of this License. Provisions which, by their
+     nature, must remain in effect beyond the termination of this License
+     shall survive.
+
+     8.2.  If You initiate litigation by asserting a patent infringement
+     claim (excluding declatory judgment actions) against Initial Developer
+     or a Contributor (the Initial Developer or Contributor against whom
+     You file such action is referred to as "Participant")  alleging that:
+
+     (a)  such Participant's Contributor Version directly or indirectly
+     infringes any patent, then any and all rights granted by such
+     Participant to You under Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 of this License
+     shall, upon 60 days notice from Participant terminate prospectively,
+     unless if within 60 days after receipt of notice You either: (i)
+     agree in writing to pay Participant a mutually agreeable reasonable
+     royalty for Your past and future use of Modifications made by such
+     Participant, or (ii) withdraw Your litigation claim with respect to
+     the Contributor Version against such Participant.  If within 60 days
+     of notice, a reasonable royalty and payment arrangement are not
+     mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties or the litigation claim
+     is not withdrawn, the rights granted by Participant to You under
+     Sections 2.1 and/or 2.2 automatically terminate at the expiration of
+     the 60 day notice period specified above.
+
+     (b)  any software, hardware, or device, other than such Participant's
+     Contributor Version, directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then
+     any rights granted to You by such Participant under Sections 2.1(b)
+     and 2.2(b) are revoked effective as of the date You first made, used,
+     sold, distributed, or had made, Modifications made by that
+     Participant.
+
+     8.3.  If You assert a patent infringement claim against Participant
+     alleging that such Participant's Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent where such claim is resolved (such as
+     by license or settlement) prior to the initiation of patent
+     infringement litigation, then the reasonable value of the licenses
+     granted by such Participant under Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall be taken
+     into account in determining the amount or value of any payment or
+     license.
+
+     8.4.  In the event of termination under Sections 8.1 or 8.2 above,
+     all end user license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers)
+     which have been validly granted by You or any distributor hereunder
+     prior to termination shall survive termination.
+
+9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
+
+     UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER TORT
+     (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL YOU, THE INITIAL
+     DEVELOPER, ANY OTHER CONTRIBUTOR, OR ANY DISTRIBUTOR OF COVERED CODE,
+     OR ANY SUPPLIER OF ANY OF SUCH PARTIES, BE LIABLE TO ANY PERSON FOR
+     ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
+     CHARACTER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL,
+     WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL OTHER
+     COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY SHALL HAVE BEEN
+     INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THIS LIMITATION OF
+     LIABILITY SHALL NOT APPLY TO LIABILITY FOR DEATH OR PERSONAL INJURY
+     RESULTING FROM SUCH PARTY'S NEGLIGENCE TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE LAW
+     PROHIBITS SUCH LIMITATION. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE
+     EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO
+     THIS EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
+
+10. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS.
+
+     The Covered Code is a "commercial item," as that term is defined in
+     48 C.F.R. 2.101 (Oct. 1995), consisting of "commercial computer
+     software" and "commercial computer software documentation," as such
+     terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (Sept. 1995). Consistent with 48
+     C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (June 1995),
+     all U.S. Government End Users acquire Covered Code with only those
+     rights set forth herein.
+
+11. MISCELLANEOUS.
+
+     This License represents the complete agreement concerning subject
+     matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+     unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+     necessary to make it enforceable. This License shall be governed by
+     California law provisions (except to the extent applicable law, if
+     any, provides otherwise), excluding its conflict-of-law provisions.
+     With respect to disputes in which at least one party is a citizen of,
+     or an entity chartered or registered to do business in the United
+     States of America, any litigation relating to this License shall be
+     subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Courts of the Northern
+     District of California, with venue lying in Santa Clara County,
+     California, with the losing party responsible for costs, including
+     without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees and
+     expenses. The application of the United Nations Convention on
+     Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.
+     Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a contract
+     shall be construed against the drafter shall not apply to this
+     License.
+
+12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR CLAIMS.
+
+     As between Initial Developer and the Contributors, each party is
+     responsible for claims and damages arising, directly or indirectly,
+     out of its utilization of rights under this License and You agree to
+     work with Initial Developer and Contributors to distribute such
+     responsibility on an equitable basis. Nothing herein is intended or
+     shall be deemed to constitute any admission of liability.
+
+13. MULTIPLE-LICENSED CODE.
+
+     Initial Developer may designate portions of the Covered Code as
+     "Multiple-Licensed".  "Multiple-Licensed" means that the Initial
+     Developer permits you to utilize portions of the Covered Code under
+     Your choice of the NPL or the alternative licenses, if any, specified
+     by the Initial Developer in the file described in Exhibit A.
+
+EXHIBIT A -Mozilla Public License.
+
+     ``The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License
+     Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in
+     compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+     http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+
+     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS"
+     basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the
+     License for the specific language governing rights and limitations
+     under the License.
+
+     The Original Code is ______________________________________.
+
+     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is ________________________.
+     Portions created by ______________________ are Copyright (C) ______
+     _______________________. All Rights Reserved.
+
+     Contributor(s): ______________________________________.
+
+     Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms
+     of the _____ license (the  "[___] License"), in which case the
+     provisions of [______] License are applicable instead of those
+     above.  If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+     under the terms of the [____] License and not to allow others to use
+     your version of this file under the MPL, indicate your decision by
+     deleting  the provisions above and replace  them with the notice and
+     other provisions required by the [___] License.  If you do not delete
+     the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file
+     under either the MPL or the [___] License."
+
+     [NOTE: The text of this Exhibit A may differ slightly from the text of
+     the notices in the Source Code files of the Original Code. You should
+     use the text of this Exhibit A rather than the text found in the
+     Original Code Source Code for Your Modifications.]
+
+     ----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+     AMENDMENTS
+
+     The Netscape Public License Version 1.1 ("NPL") consists of the
+     Mozilla Public License Version 1.1 with the following Amendments,
+     including Exhibit A-Netscape Public License.  Files identified with
+     "Exhibit A-Netscape Public License" are governed by the Netscape
+     Public License Version 1.1.
+
+     Additional Terms applicable to the Netscape Public License.
+          I. Effect.
+          These additional terms described in this Netscape Public
+          License -- Amendments shall apply to the Mozilla Communicator
+          client code and to all Covered Code under this License.
+
+          II. "Netscape's Branded Code" means Covered Code that Netscape
+          distributes and/or permits others to distribute under one or more
+          trademark(s) which are controlled by Netscape but which are not
+          licensed for use under this License.
+
+          III. Netscape and logo.
+          This License does not grant any rights to use the trademarks
+          "Netscape", the "Netscape N and horizon" logo or the "Netscape
+          lighthouse" logo, "Netcenter", "Gecko", "Java" or "JavaScript",
+          "Smart Browsing" even if such marks are included in the Original
+          Code or Modifications.
+
+          IV. Inability to Comply Due to Contractual Obligation.
+          Prior to licensing the Original Code under this License, Netscape
+          has licensed third party code for use in Netscape's Branded Code.
+          To the extent that Netscape is limited contractually from making
+          such third party code available under this License, Netscape may
+          choose to reintegrate such code into Covered Code without being
+          required to distribute such code in Source Code form, even if
+          such code would otherwise be considered "Modifications" under
+          this License.
+
+          V. Use of Modifications and Covered Code by Initial Developer.
+               V.1. In General.
+               The obligations of Section 3 apply to Netscape, except to
+               the extent specified in this Amendment, Section V.2 and V.3.
+
+               V.2. Other Products.
+               Netscape may include Covered Code in products other than the
+               Netscape's Branded Code which are released by Netscape
+               during the two (2) years following the release date of the
+               Original Code, without such additional products becoming
+               subject to the terms of this License, and may license such
+               additional products on different terms from those contained
+               in this License.
+
+               V.3. Alternative Licensing.
+               Netscape may license the Source Code of Netscape's Branded
+               Code, including Modifications incorporated therein, without
+               such Netscape Branded Code becoming subject to the terms of
+               this License, and may license such Netscape Branded Code on
+               different terms from those contained in this License.
+
+          VI. Litigation.
+          Notwithstanding the limitations of Section 11 above, the
+          provisions regarding litigation in Section 11(a), (b) and (c) of
+          the License shall apply to all disputes relating to this License.
+
+     EXHIBIT A-Netscape Public License.
+
+          "The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public
+          License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
+          except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
+          the License at http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+
+          Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
+          IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
+          implied. See the License for the specific language governing
+          rights and limitations under the License.
+
+          The Original Code is Mozilla Communicator client code, released
+          March 31, 1998.
+
+          The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape
+          Communications Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
+          Copyright (C) 1998-1999 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
+          Rights Reserved.
+
+          Contributor(s): ______________________________________.
+
+          Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the
+          terms of the _____ license (the "[___] License"), in which case
+          the provisions of [______] License are applicable  instead of
+          those above.  If you wish to allow use of your version of this
+          file only under the terms of the [____] License and not to allow
+          others to use your version of this file under the NPL, indicate
+          your decision by deleting  the provisions above and replace  them
+          with the notice and other provisions required by the [___]
+          License.  If you do not delete the provisions above, a recipient
+          may use your version of this file under either the NPL or the
+          [___] License."

mozilla/directory/perldap/Makefile.PL

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Makefile.PL,v 1.16.2.16 2010-08-03 20:27:49 nkinder%redhat.com Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    The Makefile "source".
+
+require 5.005;
+
+use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
+use ExtUtils::Liblist;
+use Config;
+use Carp;
+
+$osname   = $Config{'osname'};
+if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
+{
+   $dir_sep = "\\";
+} else {
+   $dir_sep = "/";
+}
+
+$ldapsdk_loc = $ENV{"LDAPSDKDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Top-Level
+$include_ldap = $ENV{"LDAPSDKINCDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Include file directory
+$lib_ldap = $ENV{"LDAPSDKLIBDIR"}; # Full Path to C SDK Library directory
+$ldapsdk_ssl = $ENV{"LDAPSDKSSL"}; # N to exclude SSL
+$ldapsdk_pr = $ENV{"LDAPPR"};      # Y to include prldap_ functions
+$nspr_loc = $ENV{"NSPRDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR Top-Level
+$include_nspr = $ENV{"NSPRINCDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR include dir
+$lib_nspr = $ENV{"NSPRLIBDIR"};       # Full Path to NSPR lib dir
+$nss_loc = $ENV{"NSSDIR"};       # Full Path to NSS Top-Level
+$lib_nss = $ENV{"NSSLIBDIR"};       # Full Path to NSS lib dir
+$use_openldap = $ENV{"USE_OPENLDAP"}; # Y to use OpenLDAP instead of MozLDAP
+
+$libexts = "so|sl|a|lib|dll|dylib";
+$default_root = "${dir_sep}usr";
+
+# every linux distribution has the OpenLDAP SDK in /usr/lib and /usr/include, so
+# we need to use a different default to avoid problems
+if (!$use_openldap) {
+   if ($osname eq "linux") {
+      $default_root = "/opt/mozldap";
+   }
+
+   # examine our build environment - see if we are being built as part of the overall
+   # mozilla build process - if so, we can default a lot of things based on that
+   # for example, if perldap was checked out in mozilla/directory/perldap, and
+   # nspr in mozilla/nsprpub, and nss in mozilla/security, and the ldap c sdk in
+   # mozilla/directory/c-sdk, and everything was built according to the usual
+   # build instructions, then we can just use ../../dist/public/ldap as our
+   # include file location and ../../dist/lib as our lib location
+   if ( !$include_ldap && -d '../../dist/public/ldap' ) {
+      $include_ldap = "..${dir_sep}..${dir_sep}dist${dir_sep}public${dir_sep}ldap";
+   }
+   if ( !$lib_ldap && -d '../../dist/lib' ) {
+      $lib_ldap = "..${dir_sep}..${dir_sep}dist${dir_sep}lib";
+   }
+
+   # find the path to NSPR
+   if (!$nspr_loc && !$include_nspr && !$lib_nspr && -d '../../dist') {
+      require File::Find;
+      $nspr_loc = findNSPR('../../dist');
+      $include_nspr = $nspr_loc . "/include";
+      $lib_nspr = $nspr_loc . "/lib";
+   }
+} else {
+   if ($osname eq "linux") {
+      $default_root = "/usr";
+   }
+}
+
+print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
+print     "================================\n";
+
+$silent = 1;
+if ($use_openldap)
+{
+   print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the OpenLDAP\n";
+   print "LDAP client libraries (default: $default_root, Enter \"n\" to specify\n" .
+      "explicit include and lib directories): ";
+} else {
+   print "Directory containing 'include' and 'lib' directory of the Mozilla\n";
+   print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $default_root, Enter \"n\" to\n" .
+      "specify explicit include and lib directories): ";
+}
+
+if (!$ldapsdk_loc)
+{
+   $silent = 0;
+   chomp ($ldapsdk_loc = <STDIN>);
+   $ldapsdk_loc = $default_root unless $ldapsdk_loc =~ /\S/;
+   if (! -d $ldapsdk_loc) {
+	   $ldapsdk_loc = undef;
+   }
+} else {
+  print "$ldapsdk_loc\n";
+}
+
+if (!$include_ldap && $ldapsdk_loc) {
+   $include_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "include";
+}
+if (!$ldapsdk_loc) {
+   if ($use_openldap) {
+      print "Directory containing 'include' files of the OpenLDAP\n";
+      print "LDAP client libraries (default: $include_ldap): ";
+   } else {
+      print "Directory containing 'include' files of the Mozilla\n";
+      print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $include_ldap): ";
+   }
+   if (! -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h") {
+      $silent = 0;
+	  chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
+	  $include_ldap = $input if $input =~ /\S/;
+	  croak("Missing required include file $include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h") unless -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}ldap.h";
+  } else {
+	  print "$include_ldap\n";
+  }
+}
+
+if (!$lib_ldap && $ldapsdk_loc) {
+   $lib_ldap = $ldapsdk_loc . $dir_sep . "lib";
+}
+if (!$ldapsdk_loc) {
+   if ($use_openldap) {
+      print "Directory containing 'lib' files of the OpenLDAP\n";
+      print "LDAP client libraries (default: $lib_ldap): ";
+   } else {
+      print "Directory containing 'lib' files of the Mozilla\n";
+      print "LDAP Software Developer Kit (default: $lib_ldap): ";
+   }
+   if (! -d "$lib_ldap") {
+      $silent = 0;
+	  chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
+	  $lib_ldap = $input if $input =~ /\S/;
+	  croak("Missing required lib directory $lib_ldap") unless -d "$lib_ldap";
+  } else {
+	  print "$lib_ldap\n";
+  }
+}
+
+print "Include SSL Support (default: yes)?  ";
+if (!$ldapsdk_ssl)
+{
+   $silent = 0;
+   chomp ($ldapsdk_ssl = <STDIN>);
+} else {
+  print "$ldapsdk_ssl\n";
+}
+$ssl_def = "-DUSE_SSL" unless ($ldapsdk_ssl =~ /^n/i);
+
+if (!$use_openldap) {
+   # see if ldap and nspr files are in the same place
+   if ( -f "$include_ldap${dir_sep}nspr.h" ) {
+      $nspr_loc = $ldapsdk_loc;
+   }
+
+   print "Directory containing NSPR API 'include' and 'lib'\n";
+   print "directories for NSPR support (type 'n' or 'none' to omit) (default: $nspr_loc): ";
+   if (!$ENV{NSPRDIR} && !$ENV{NSPRINCDIR} && !$ENV{NSPRLIBDIR}) {
+      $silent = 0;
+      chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
+      if ($input =~ /^n/i) {
+         $nspr_loc = undef;
+      } elsif ($input =~ /\S/) {
+          $nspr_loc = $input;
+      }
+   } else {
+      print "$nspr_loc\n";
+   }
+
+   if ($nspr_loc) {
+      if (!$lib_nspr) {
+         $lib_nspr = $nspr_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'lib';
+      }
+      if (!$include_nspr) {
+         $include_nspr = $nspr_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'include';
+      }
+      croak("Missing required include file $include_nspr${dir_sep}nspr.h") unless -f "$include_nspr${dir_sep}nspr.h";
+      $pr_def = "-DPRLDAP"
+   }
+
+   print "Directory containing NSS API 'lib'\n";
+   print "directories for NSS support (type 'n' or 'none' to omit) (default: $nss_loc): ";
+   if (!$ENV{NSSDIR} && !$ENV{NSSLIBDIR}) {
+      $silent = 0;
+      chomp ($input = <STDIN>);
+      if ($input =~ /^n/i) {
+         $nss_loc = undef;
+      } elsif ($input =~ /\S/) {
+          $nss_loc = $input;
+      }
+   } else {
+      print "$nss_loc\n";
+   }
+
+   if ($nss_loc) {
+      if (!$lib_nss) {
+         $lib_nss = $nss_loc . ${dir_sep} . 'lib';
+      }
+   }
+}
+
+opendir(DIR,$lib_ldap);
+if (!$use_openldap && $ssl_def)
+{
+   @libfiles = grep{/ldap\d|ssl\d|nss\d|pl[cd]\d|nspr\d|ldappr\d/} readdir(DIR);
+} else {
+   @libfiles = grep{/ldap|lber/} readdir(DIR);
+}
+closedir(DIR);
+
+if (!$use_openldap) {
+   if ($lib_nspr && -d $lib_nspr) {
+      opendir(DIR,$lib_nspr);
+      push @libfiles, grep{/pl[cd]\d|nspr\d|ssl\d|nss\d/} readdir(DIR);
+      closedir(DIR);
+   }
+
+   if ($lib_nss && -d $lib_nss) {
+      opendir(DIR,$lib_nss);
+      push @libfiles, grep{/ssl\d|nss\d/} readdir(DIR);
+      closedir(DIR);
+   }
+}
+
+@libs = ();
+foreach $candidate (@libfiles) {
+   next if $candidate !~ /($libexts)$/;
+   $candidate =~ s/^lib//;
+   if ($osname !~ /mswin/i) {
+     $candidate =~ s/\.($libexts)$//;
+   }
+   push(@libs, $candidate) unless grep(/^$candidate$/, @libs);
+}
+
+if (!$use_openldap) {
+   if ($osname =~ /mswin/i) {
+      @ldaplib = grep{/^nsldap\d.*$/} @libs;
+      @prldaplib = grep{/^nsldappr.*$/} @libs;
+      @lberlib = grep{/^nslber.*$/} @libs;
+      @ldapslib = grep{/^nsldapssl.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   } else {
+      @ldaplib = grep{/^ldap\d.*$/} @libs;
+      @prldaplib = grep{/^prldap.*$/} @libs;
+      @lberlib = grep{/^lber.*$/} @libs;
+      @ldapslib = grep{/^ssldap.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   }
+
+   @ssllib = grep{/^ssl\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   @nsslib = grep{/^nss\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   @plclib = grep{/^plc\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   @pldslib = grep{/^plds\d.*$/} @libs if $ssl_def;
+   @nsprlib = grep{/^nspr\d.*$/} @libs;
+} else {
+   # We only need to link with libldap and lilber when using OpenLDAP.
+   @ldaplib = grep{/^ldap\.*$/} @libs;
+   @lberlib = grep{/^lber\.*$/} @libs;
+   # We don't really use PRLDAP when using OpenLDAP, but we want to provide
+   # stubs for the PRLDAP functions.
+   $openldap_def = "-DUSE_OPENLDAP -DPRLDAP";
+}
+
+
+if ($#ldaplib < 0)
+{
+   die "No LDAP libraries found.";
+}
+
+if ($use_openldap && ($#lberlib < 0))
+{
+   die "No LBER libraries found.";
+}
+
+if ($#ldaplib > 0)
+{
+   print "Located multiple libraries:\n";
+   foreach $alib (@ldaplib)
+   {
+      print " - $alib\n";
+   }
+}
+
+# construct linker libraries string
+$lline = "";
+
+# add libraries in order of dependencies
+$lline .= " -l$ldapslib[0]" if ($#ldapslib >= 0);
+
+#
+# Add "main" LDAP library to link line, and the NSPR version
+# as well (if available).
+#
+$lline .= " -l$prldaplib[0]" if ($#prldaplib >= 0);
+$lline .= " -l$ldaplib[0]";
+
+#
+# Add lber library if using OpenLDAP
+#
+if ($use_openldap)
+{
+   $lline .= " -l$lberlib[0]";
+}
+
+#
+# Add SSL libraries, if needed
+#
+$lline .= " -L$lib_nss" if ($lib_nss);
+$lline .= " -l$ssllib[0]" if ($#ssllib >= 0);
+$lline .= " -l$nsslib[0]" if ($#nsslib >= 0);
+
+# Add the NSS/NSPR libraries, if needed
+$lline .= " -L$lib_nspr" if ($lib_nspr);
+$lline .= " -l$plclib[0]" if ($#plclib >= 0);
+$lline .= " -l$pldslib[0]" if ($#pldslib >= 0);
+$lline .= " -l$nsprlib[0]" if ($#nsprlib >= 0);
+
+print "Libraries to link with (default: $lline):  ";
+if (!$silent)
+{
+   chomp ($lib_line = <STDIN>);
+   $lib_line = $lline unless $lib_line =~ /\S/;
+} else {
+  $lib_line = $lline;
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+$lib_line = "-L$lib_ldap $lib_line";
+
+# Include directories etc.
+$my_includes = "";
+$my_includes .= " -I$include_ldap" unless ($include_ldap eq "/usr/include");
+$my_includes .= " -I$include_nspr" if $pr_def;
+
+# Add system dependant stuff here...
+@extras = ();
+if ($osname =~ /mswin/i)
+{
+   $my_extlib = "$lib_ldap\\$ldaplib[0]";
+   $my_extlib .= " $lib_ldap\\$lberlib[0]" if $#lberlib >= 0;
+   push(@extras, 'dynamic_lib' => {
+     'OTHERLDFLAGS' => "kernel32.lib oldnames.lib" });
+} else {
+   $my_extlib = "";
+}
+
+if ($^O eq 'MSWin32' and $Config{archname} =~ /-object\b/i) {
+   push(@extras, CAPI => 'TRUE');
+}
+
+
+#
+# See if we need to add an LD_RUN_PATH. This seems to have changed
+# somewhere between Perl 5.8.0 and 5.8.5. So, on some systems this
+# will add an extra LD_RUN_PATH ...
+#
+@liblist = ExtUtils::Liblist->ext($lib_line);
+if ($liblist[3] ne "")
+{
+  use Config;
+  push(@extras,
+       'LD'	=> 'LD_RUN_PATH=$(LD_RUN_PATH)' . " $Config{ld}",
+       );
+}
+
+
+#
+# Ok, let's do it!
+#
+print "\n######### before WriteMakefile #############\n";
+WriteMakefile(
+              'ABSTRACT'	=> 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
+              'AUTHOR'		=> 'Leif Hedstrom <leif@ogre.com>',
+	      'NAME'		=> 'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
+	      'DISTNAME'	=> 'PerLDAP',
+
+	      'VERSION_FROM'	=> 'API.pm',
+	      'INC'		=> $my_includes,
+	      'LIBS'		=> [$lib_line],
+	      'MYEXTLIB'	=> $my_extlib,
+	      'DEFINE'		=> "$ssl_def $pr_def $openldap_def",
+	      'XSOPT'		=> "-nolinenumbers",
+	      @extras
+);
+
+print "\n######### after WriteMakefile #############\n";
+
+#
+# Generate a "make HTML" target
+#
+sub MY::postamble
+{
+  '
+.SUFFIXES: .pm .html
+.PHONY: html
+
+.pm.html:
+	pod2html --netscape $< > $@
+
+html:	Entry.html Conn.html Utils.html API.html LDIF.html $(FIRST_MAKEFILE)
+	@rm -f pod2html-itemcache pod2html-dircache
+'
+}
+
+sub find_helper {
+   if (/nspr\.h/) {
+	   $nspr_loc = File::Basename::dirname($File::Find::dir);
+   }
+}
+
+sub findNSPR {
+   my $dir = shift;
+   File::Find::find(\&find_helper, $dir);
+   return $nspr_loc;
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/Makefile.PL.rpm

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Makefile.PL.rpm,v 1.1.2.3 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    The Makefile "source".
+#    This has been heavily modified to simply use pkg-config
+#    to get the components necessary to build.
+
+require 5.005;
+
+use ExtUtils::MakeMaker;
+use ExtUtils::Liblist;
+use Config;
+use Carp;
+
+# name of package to use for pkg-config
+$ldappkgname = $ENV{"LDAPPKGNAME"} || "mozldap6";
+
+print "\nPerLDAP - Perl 5 Module for LDAP\n";
+print     "================================\n";
+$cflags = `pkg-config --cflags $ldappkgname`;
+chomp($cflags);
+print "Using CFLAGS = $cflags\n";
+print     "================================\n";
+$libs = `pkg-config --libs $ldappkgname`;
+chomp($libs);
+print "Using LIBS = $libs\n";
+
+#
+# Ok, let's do it!
+#
+print "\n######### before WriteMakefile #############\n";
+WriteMakefile(
+              'ABSTRACT'	=> 'Perl methods for LDAP C API calls',
+              'AUTHOR'		=> 'Leif Hedstrom <leif@ogre.com>',
+	      'NAME'		=> 'Mozilla::LDAP::API',
+	      'DISTNAME'	=> 'PerLDAP',
+
+	      'VERSION_FROM'	=> 'API.pm',
+	      'INC'		=> $cflags,
+	      'LIBS'		=> [$libs],
+	      'MYEXTLIB'	=> $my_extlib,
+	      'DEFINE'		=> "-DUSE_SSL -DPRLDAP",
+	      'XSOPT'		=> "-nolinenumbers",
+	      @extras
+);
+
+print "\n######### after WriteMakefile #############\n";
+
+#
+# Generate a "make HTML" target
+#
+sub MY::postamble
+{
+  '
+.SUFFIXES: .pm .html
+.PHONY: html
+
+.pm.html:
+	pod2html --netscape $< > $@
+
+html:	Entry.html Conn.html Utils.html API.html LDIF.html $(FIRST_MAKEFILE)
+	@rm -f pod2html-itemcache pod2html-dircache
+'
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/PerLDAP.ppd

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<SOFTPKG NAME="PerLDAP" VERSION="1,5,0,0">
+    <TITLE>PerLDAP</TITLE>
+    <ABSTRACT>Perl methods for LDAP C API calls</ABSTRACT>
+    <AUTHOR>Leif Hedstrom &lt;leif@ogre.com&gt;</AUTHOR>
+    <IMPLEMENTATION>
+        <OS NAME="MSWin32" />
+        <ARCHITECTURE NAME="MSWin32-x86-multi-thread-5.8" />
+        <CODEBASE HREF="package.tar.gz" />
+    </IMPLEMENTATION>
+</SOFTPKG>

mozilla/directory/perldap/README

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+#############################################################################
+#                                                                           #
+#            PerLDAP v1.5 - A Perl Developers' Kit for LDAP		    #
+#                                                                           #
+#############################################################################
+
+
+What is PerLDAP?
+================
+
+PerLDAP is a set of modules written in Perl and C that allow developers to
+leverage their existing Perl knowledge to easily access and manage LDAP-
+enabled directories.  PerLDAP makes it very easy to search, add, delete,
+and modify directory entries.  For example, Perl developers can easily
+build web applications to access information stored in a directory or
+create directory sync tools between directories and other services.
+
+PerLDAP is an open source development project, the result of a joint effort
+between Netscape, Leif Hedstrom, Clayton Donley and several other
+contributors. PerLDAP currently provides the basic functions to allow Perl
+users to access and manipulate directories easily.
+
+
+
+Compiling the PerLDAP Sources
+=============================
+
+The source to PerLDAP is available on the Mozilla site at:
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+
+You can either retrieve the .tar/zip file with the source distribution, or
+use CVS to checkout the module directly. The name of the CVS module is
+PerLDAP, and it checks out the directory
+
+  mozilla/directory/perldap
+
+Further instructions for using CVS and Mozilla is available at
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/cvs.html
+
+and an FAQ for PerLDAP is at
+
+  http://www.mozilla.org/directory/faq/perldap-faq.html
+
+
+Instructions for building the source can be found in the INSTALL file
+in the source distribution. The latest stable release of PerLDAP is
+v1.5, not further development is planned at this time due to lack of time
+and resources.
+
+
+Getting Started
+===============
+
+Documentation for this module is in standard Perl 'pod' format.  HTML
+versions of this documentation can also be found on the Netscape DevEdge
+site at:  http://developer.netscape.com/tech/directory/.
+
+Additionally, many good examples can be found in the 'examples' directory.
+
+
+Modules and Examples Included
+=============================
+
+Mozilla::LDAP::API - Low level interface between Perl and the LDAP C API
+Mozilla::LDAP::Entry - Perl methods for manipulating entry objects
+Mozilla::LDAP::Conn - Perl methods for performing LDAP operations
+Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF - Perl methods for utilizing LDIF
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils - Some convenient LDAP related utilities
+test_api/search.pl - Tests low level API search calls
+test_api/write.pl  - Tests low level API write calls
+test_api/api.pl - Tests ALL low level LDAPv2 calls
+examples/lfinger.pl - LDAP version of the regular Unix finger command.
+examples/qsearch.pl - Simple ldapsearch replacement.
+examples/monitor.pl - Retrieve status information from an LDAP server.
+examples/ldappasswd.pl - Change the LDAP password for a user.
+examples/rmentry.pl - Remove an entire entry from the database.
+examples/rename.pl - Rename (modRDN) an entry.
+examples/tabdump.pl - Dump LDAP information into a tab separated file.
+examples/psoftsync.pl - Synchronize LDAP with a PeopleSoft "dump" file.
+
+
+All examples support the "standard" LDAP command line options, which are
+
+        -h hostname     LDAP server name
+        -p port #       LDAP port, default is 389 (or 636 for SSL)
+        -b base DN      LDAP Base-DN
+        -D bind DN      LDAP bind DN (connect to server as this "user")
+        -w bind pswd    Password to bind to the server
+        -P certfile     Use SSL, with the publick keys from this file
+
+
+Note that the examples currently only support Simple Authentication
+(passwords), the Client Authentication features (using certificates) will
+be used in the next release. All examples also honors the environment
+variable LDAP_BASEDN, set it to your systems base DN, e.g.
+
+        % setenv LDAP_BASEDN 'dc=netscape,dc=com'
+
+or for Bourne shell
+
+        # LDAP_BASEDN='dc=netscape,dc=com'; export LDAP_BASEDN
+
+
+Reporting problems and bugs
+===========================
+
+Address all bug reports and comments to the Mozilla newsgroups at:
+
+   news://news.mozilla.org/netscape.public.mozilla.directory
+
+
+License/Copyright
+=================
+
+Portions by Netscape (c) Copyright 1998 Netscape Communications Corp, Inc.
+Portions by Leif Hedstrom (c) Copyright 2003 Leif Hedstrom
+Portions by Clayton Donley (c) Copyright 1998 Clayton Donley
+
+This code is available under the mozilla.org tri-license.
+See http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/ .
+
+Known Bugs
+==========
+
+ - The Rebind operation on NT does NOT work properly when set to a Perl
+   function.  This is being investigated.

mozilla/directory/perldap/RELEASE

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+#############################################################################
+#                                                                           #
+#                        PerLDAP Release Notes		                    #
+#                                                                           #
+#############################################################################
+
+VERSION 1.5.3 - Aug 2010
+========================
+This is an update release with the following goals:
+
+   - Allow PerLDAP to use the OpenLDAP client libraries behind the
+     scenes.
+   - Avoid using deprecated functions in the underlying LDAP client
+     library.
+
+VERSION 1.5.2 - Jul 2007
+========================
+
+Fixes https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=389731
+PerLDAP crashes when a bad URL is passed
+
+VERSION 1.5.1 - May 2007
+========================
+This version is the officially tri-licensed version.  All code
+is licensed under the MPL/GPL/LGPL tri-license, as all of the
+other Mozilla components.  All code was either granted permission
+by the copyright holder, or was rewritten in a clean-room
+implementation.
+
+VERSION 1.5 - Feb 2006
+======================
+
+This is an update release, with a few goals:
+
+   - Support for latest Mozilla and Sun C-SDK (v5.x)
+   - Now defaults to LDAP v3 protocol, but you can downgrade to v2 easily
+   - Fully support Perl 5.005 and later
+   - Added "hash" style prototypes to all class methods that takes more
+     than one argument
+
+Many, many thanks to Rich Megginson for taking charge of the (broken) build
+and configuration process.
+
+
+New functionality
+-----------------
+
+Conn.pm:
+	* setVersion() - Set the LDAP protocol version
+	* getVersion() - Get the current LDAP protocol in use
+	* installNSPR() - Make the connection use NSPR I/O etc.
+	* setNSPRTimeout() - Set the connection timeout, in ms
+
+API.xs:
+	* Added support for prldap_install_routines().
+
+
+
+VERSION 1.4 - AUGUST 18, 1999
+=============================
+
+This is primarily a bug fix release, however there are 5 new methods
+introduced as well.  Brief descriptions follow in this document.  To get
+full examples and a larger summary, see the PerLDAP Programmer's Guide.
+
+
+New Methods Added
+-----------------
+
+Entry.pm:
+	* getValues() - returns the array of values.
+	* move() - move one attribute to another, and delete the original.
+	* copy() - copy one attribute to another.
+	
+Conn.pm:
+	* browse() - makes it easy to browse an entry.
+	* compare() - compare an attribute value against a DN/entry
+		    without having to do the search.	
+
+
+Bug Fixes and other changes
+---------------------------
+
+Entry.pm:
+	* addDNValue() - fixed wrong index for norm.
+	* matchValue() - fixed missing normalization in half of case statement. 
+	* setValue() - remove _delete_ flag if set, fix for saving state.
+	* STORE - fixed not ignoring the internal instance variables properly.
+	* Fixed numerous bugs for large attribute sets.
+	* Fixed bug 4368 ("exists vs. EXISTS").
+	* Fixed several loop bugs.
+	* Removed all _self_obj_  references, it's obsolete in this
+	  version.
+	* We support each() and keys() now on the Entry object, to loop
+	  through all attribute names (types).
+
+
+Conn.pm:
+	* close() - fixed memory leak.
+	* modifyRDN() - fixed problem where we weren't updating the
+			appropriate DN in the self object.
+	* Fixed bug 3342 (problems adding entries with binary data).
+	* getErrorCode()/getErrorString() - return LDAP_SUCCESS if no
+					    LDAP connection handle.
+	* add() - fixed code to handle hash array as docs indicate.
+	* update() - optimization for "replace" vs "add/delete", we try to
+		     use whatever LDAPMod is most efficient.
+
+LDIF.pm:
+
+	* Complete rewrite, by John Kristian <kristian@netscape.com>.
+
+API.xs:
+	* Fixed memory allocation problems, replacing all memory management
+	  routines. This solves all known issues with ActiveState Perl.
+	* More safety checks around calls to *_free().
+
+	
+Miscellaneous
+-------------
+
+	* Various other optimizations on tests and such.
+	* Fixed most (all?) known memory leaks.
+	* Fixed a lot of problems with Makefile.PL, adding some new targets
+	  (like "make html"). Add a skeleton to "make test".
+	* Fixed numerous small bugs, as reported to Mozilla.
+	* We produce less warnings now, and try to "use strict" when
+	  appropriate.
+	* We have a new versioning scheme, conforming to standard
+	  Perl. We'll change this again when Perl's new versioning system
+	  is in place (allowing versions like 1.2.3).

mozilla/directory/perldap/Utils.pm

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: Utils.pm,v 1.14.2.6 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Lots of Useful Little Utilities, for LDAP related operations.
+
+require 5.005;
+package Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API 1.5 qw(:constant);
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
+use Exporter;
+
+use strict;
+use vars qw($VERSION @ISA %EXPORT_TAGS);
+
+@ISA = qw(Exporter);
+$VERSION = "1.5";
+
+%EXPORT_TAGS = (
+		all => [qw(normalizeDN
+			   isUrl
+			   printEntry
+			   printentry
+			   str2Scope
+			   askPassword
+			   ldapArgs
+			   userCredentials
+			   answer)]
+		);
+
+
+# Add Everything in %EXPORT_TAGS to @EXPORT_OK
+Exporter::export_ok_tags('all');
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Normalize the DN string (first argument), and return the new, normalized,
+# string (DN). This is useful to make sure that two syntactically
+# identical DNs compare (eq) as the same string.
+#
+sub normalizeDN
+{
+  my ($dn) = @_;
+  my (@vals);
+
+  return "" unless (defined($dn) && ($dn ne ""));
+
+  @vals = Mozilla::LDAP::API::ldap_explode_dn(lc $dn, 0);
+
+  return join(",", @vals);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Checks if a string is a properly formed LDAP URL.
+#
+sub isURL
+{
+  return ldap_is_ldap_url($_[0]);
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print an entry, in LDIF format. This is sort of obsolete, we encourage
+# you to use the :;LDAP::LDIF class instead.
+#
+sub printEntry
+{
+  my $entry = $_[0];
+  my ($attr);
+
+  local $_;
+
+  print "dn: ", $entry->{"dn"},"\n";
+  foreach $attr (@{$entry->{"_oc_order_"}})
+    {
+      next if ($attr =~ /^_.+_$/);
+      next if $entry->{"_${attr}_deleted_"};
+      foreach (@{$entry->{$attr}})
+	{
+	  print "$attr: $_\n";
+	}
+    }
+
+  print "\n";
+}
+*printentry = \*printEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Convert a "human" readable string to an LDAP scope value
+#
+sub str2Scope
+{
+  my ($str) = $_[0];
+
+  return $str if ($str =~ /^[0-9]+$/);
+
+  if ($str =~ /^sub/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+    }
+  elsif ($str =~ /^base/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_BASE;
+    }
+  elsif ($str =~ /^one/i)
+    {
+      return LDAP_SCOPE_ONELEVEL;
+    }
+
+  # Default...
+  return LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask for a password, without displaying it on the TTY.
+#
+sub askPassword
+{
+  my ($prompt) = shift;
+  my ($promptstr) = shift;
+  my ($hasReadKey) = 0;
+
+  eval "use Term::ReadKey";
+  $hasReadKey=1 unless ($@);
+
+  if ($prompt) {
+      if ($promptstr) {
+          print $promptstr;
+      } else {
+          print "LDAP password: ";
+      }
+  }
+  if ($hasReadKey)
+    {
+      ReadMode(2);
+      chop($_ = ReadLine(0));
+      ReadMode(0);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      system('/bin/stty -echo');
+      chop($_ = <STDIN>);
+      system('/bin/stty echo');
+    }
+  print "\n";
+
+  return $_;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Handle some standard LDAP options, and construct a nice little structure
+# that we can use later on. We really should have some appropriate defaults,
+# perhaps from an Mozilla::LDAP::Config module.
+#
+sub ldapArgs
+{
+  my ($bind, $base) = @_;
+  my (%ld);
+
+  $main::opt_v = $main::opt_n if defined($main::opt_n);
+  $main::opt_p = LDAPS_PORT if (!defined($main::opt_p) &&
+				defined($main::opt_P) &&
+				($main::opt_P ne ""));
+
+  $ld{"host"} = $main::opt_h || "ldap";
+  $ld{"port"} = $main::opt_p || LDAP_PORT;
+  $ld{"base"} = $main::opt_b || $base || $ENV{'LDAP_BASEDN'};
+  $ld{"root"} = $ld{"base"};
+  $ld{"bind"} = $main::opt_D || $bind || "";
+  $ld{"pswd"} = $main::opt_w || "";
+  $ld{"cert"} = $main::opt_P || "";
+  $ld{"certname"} = $main::opt_N || "";
+  $ld{"keypwd"} = $main::opt_W || "";
+  $ld{"starttls"} = (defined($main::opt_Z) ? 1 : 0);
+  $ld{"scope"} = (defined($main::opt_s) ? $main::opt_s : LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE);
+  $ld{"vers"} = (defined($main::opt_V) && $main::opt_V eq "2") ?
+    LDAP_VERSION2 : LDAP_VERSION3;
+
+  if (($ld{"bind"} ne "") && ($ld{"pswd"} eq ""))
+    {
+      $ld{pswd} = askPassword(1);
+    }
+
+  if (($ld{"certname"} ne "") && ($ld{"keypwd"} eq ""))
+    {
+      $ld{keypwd} = askPassword(1, "Enter PIN for " . $ld{"certname"} . ": ");
+    }
+
+  return %ld;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Try to find a user to bind as, and possibly ask for the password. Pass
+# a pointer to the hash array with LDAP parameters to this function.
+#
+sub userCredentials
+{
+  my ($ld) = @_;
+  my ($conn, $entry, $pswd, $search);
+
+  if ($ld->{"bind"} eq "")
+    {
+      my ($base) = $ld->{"base"} || $ld->{"root"};
+
+      $conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new($ld);
+      die "Couldn't connect to LDAP server " . $ld->{"host"} unless $conn;
+
+      $search = "(&(objectclass=inetOrgPerson)(uid=$ENV{USER}))";
+      $entry = $conn->search($base, "subtree", $search, 0, ("uid"));
+      return 0 if (!$entry || $conn->nextEntry());
+
+      $conn->close();
+      $ld->{"bind"} = $entry->getDN();
+    }
+
+  if ($ld->{"pswd"} eq "")
+    {
+      $ld->{"pswd"} = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword(1);
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask a Y/N question, return "Y" or "N".
+#
+sub answer
+{
+  die "Default string must be Y or N."
+    unless (($_[0] eq "Y") || ($_[0] eq "N"));
+
+  chop($_ = <STDIN>);
+
+  return $_[0] if /^$/;
+  return "Y" if /^[yY]/;
+  return "N" if /^[nN]/;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mandatory TRUE return value.
+#
+1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+  Mozilla::LDAP::Utils.pm - Collection of useful little utilities.
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+
+=head1 OBJECT CLASS METHODS
+
+=over 13
+
+=item B<normalizeDN>
+
+This function will remove all extraneous white spaces in the DN, and also
+change all upper case characters to lower case. The only argument is the
+DN string to normalize, and the return value is the new, clean DN.
+
+=back
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+There are plenty of examples to look at, in the examples directory. We are
+adding more examples every day (almost).
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+Installing this package is part of the Makefile supplied in the
+package. See the installation procedures which are part of this package.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+Most of this code was developed by Leif Hedstrom, Netscape Communications
+Corporation. 
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None. :)
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::Conn>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::Entry>, L<Mozilla::LDAP::API>, and
+of course L<Perl>.
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* All examples: Changed all calls to new to use the class method
+	directly.
+
+2004-10-13  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* modattr.pl: Added a -i option, for case insentive "adds" to an
+	attribute. This means that trying to add "foo" or "Foo" will only
+	generate one value for the server.
+
+	* monitor.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* psoftsync.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* changes2ldif.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* tabdump.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* rmentry.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* rename.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* rand_mods.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* modattr.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* lfinger.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* ldappasswd.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+	* qsearch.pl: Added -V option (for version).
+
+1999-06-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* rmentry.pl: Added support for "-p".
+
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* psoftsync.pl (delAttr): Fixed annoying bug where I missed to
+	"my" $entry.
+
+1999-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* modattr.pl: Bug fixes for handling bad cases better (like
+	missing attribute, adding empty values etc).
+
+1998-12-11  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* modattr.pl: Modified slightly to enable the rebind proc.
+
+1998-08-03  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* psoftsync.pl: New file, also merged in some modules from
+	LdapUtils.pm, to make sure this works. NOTE: This script currently
+	doesn't work, since all "modify" operations are horked.
+
+1998-07-30  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* tabdump.pl: Actually works!
+
+	* ldappasswd.pl: Cleaned out some code, and moved it over to the
+	::Utils module.
+
+1998-07-29  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* qsearch.pl: First working version.
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/changes2ldif.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: changes2ldif.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Search the changelog, and produce an LDIF file suitable for ldapmodify
+#    for instance. This should be merged into LDIF.pm eventually.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "changes2ldif";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver [min [max]]";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$ld{root} = "cn=changelog" if (!defined($ld{root}) || $ld{root} eq "");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Create the search filter.
+#
+$min = $ARGV[$[];
+$max = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
+
+if ($min ne "")
+{
+  if ($max ne "")
+    {
+      $search = "(&(changenumber>=$min)(changenumber<=$max))";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $search = "(changenumber>=$min)";
+    }
+}
+else
+{
+  $search = "(changenumber=*)";
+}
+  
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the searches, and print the results.
+#
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "ONE", "$search");
+while ($entry)
+{
+  print "dn: ", $entry->{targetdn}[0], "\n";
+  $type = $entry->{changetype}[0];
+  print "changetype: $type\n";
+  if ($type =~ /modify/i)
+    {
+      # Should we filter out modifiersname and modifytimestamp ? We do chop
+      # off the trailing \0 though.
+      chop($entry->{changes}[0]);
+      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
+    }
+  elsif ($type =~ /add/i)
+    {
+      print $entry->{changes}[0], "\n";
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      print "\n";
+    }
+
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$ld{conn}->close if $ld{conn};

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/ldappasswd.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: ldappasswd.pl,v 1.7.2.5 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    This is an LDAP version of the normal passwd/yppasswd command found
+#    on most Unix systems. Note that this will only use the {crypt}
+#    encryption/hash algorithm (at this point).
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "ldappasswd";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver search ...";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "userpassword");
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:s:h:D:w:P:V:')) {
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ask for the new password, and confirm it's correct.
+#
+do
+{
+  print "New password: ";
+  $new = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
+  print "New password (again): ";
+  $new2 = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::askPassword();
+  print "Passwords didn't match, try again!\n\n" if ($new ne $new2);
+} until ($new eq $new2);
+print "\n";
+
+#############################################################################
+# Now do all the searches, one by one. If there are no search criteria, we
+# will change the password for the user running the script.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+foreach $search ($#ARGV >= $[ ? @ARGV : $ld{bind})
+{
+  $entry = $conn->search($search, "subtree", "ALL", 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES)
+    unless $entry;
+  print "No such user: $search\n" unless $entry;
+
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      $entry->{userpassword} = [$new];
+      print "Changing password for: $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+
+      if (!$opt_n)
+	{
+	  $conn->update($entry);
+	  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+	}
+
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/lfinger.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: lfinger.pl,v 1.11.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    "finger" version using LDAP information (using RFC 2307 objectclass).
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these... The HIDE mechanism is a very
+# Netscape internal specific feature. We use this objectclass to mark some
+# entries to be "hidden", and some of our applications will honor this. With
+# more recent versions of the Directory Server this can be accomplished more
+# effectively with appropriate ACI/ACLs.
+#
+$APPNAM	= "lfinger";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -m -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver user_info";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid", "cn", "homedirectory", "loginshell", "pager",
+	       "telephonenumber", "facsimiletelephonenumber", "mobile");
+$HIDE = "(objectclass=nscphidethis)";
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print a "finger" entry.
+#
+sub printIt
+{
+  my($entry) = @_;
+
+  print "Login name: $entry->{uid}[0]";
+  print " " x (39 - 11 - length($entry->{uid}[0]));
+  print "In real life: $entry->{cn}[0]\n";
+  if ($entry->{homedirectory}[0] || $entry->{loginshell}[0])
+    {
+      print "Directory: $entry->{homedirectory}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 10 - length($entry->{homedirectory}[0]));
+      print "Shell: $entry->{loginshell}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  if ($entry->{telephonenumber}[0] || $entry->{pager}[0])
+    {
+      print "Phone: $entry->{telephonenumber}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 6 - length($entry->{telephonenumber}[0]));
+      print "Pager: $entry->{pager}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  if ($entry->{mobile}[0] || $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0])
+    {
+      print "Mobile: $entry->{mobile}[0]";
+      print " " x (39 - 7 - length($entry->{mobile}[0]));
+      print "Fax: $entry->{facsimiletelephonenumber}[0]\n";
+    }
+
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('mb:h:D:p:w:P:V:') || !defined($ARGV[$[]))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$user=$ARGV[$[];
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Ok, lets generate the filter, and do the search!
+#
+if ($opt_m)
+{
+  $search = "(&(uid=$user)(!$HIDE))";
+}
+else
+{
+  $search = "(&(|(cn=*$user*)(uid=*$user*)(telephonenumber=*$user*))(!$HIDE))";
+}
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+while($entry)
+{
+  printIt($entry);
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/modattr.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,351 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: modattr.pl,v 1.9.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    This script can be used to do a number of different modification
+#    operations on a script. Like adding/deleting values, or entire
+#    attributes.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "modattr";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver attr=value filter";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:i:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+$nocase = (defined($opt_i) && $opt_i) ? 1 : 0;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Let's process the changes requested, and commit them unless the "-n"
+# option was given.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$conn->setDefaultRebindProc($ld{bind}, $ld{pswd});
+
+($change, $search) = @ARGV;
+if (($change eq "") || ($search eq ""))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+($attr, $value) = split(/=/, $change, 2);
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search);
+while ($entry)
+{
+  $changed = 0;
+
+  if ($opt_d)
+    {
+      if (defined $entry->{$attr})
+	{
+	  if ($value)
+	    {
+	      $changed = $entry->removeValue($attr, $value);
+	      if ($changed && $opt_v)
+		{
+		  print "Removed value from ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      delete $entry->{$attr};
+	      print "Deleted attribute $attr for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	      $changed = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  print "No attribute values for: $attr\n";
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (!defined($value) || !$value)
+	{
+	  print "No value provided for the attribute $attr\n";
+	}
+      elsif ($opt_a)
+	{
+	  $changed = $entry->addValue($attr, $value, 0, 0, $nocase);
+	  if ($changed && $opt_v)
+	    {
+	      print "Added attribute to ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  $entry->setValue($attr, $value);
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  print "Set attribute for ", $entry->getDN(), "\n" if $opt_v;
+	}
+    }
+  if ($changed && ! $opt_n)
+    {
+      if (!$conn->update($entry)) {
+        $conn->printError();
+      }
+    }
+
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# POD documentation...
+#
+__END__
+
+=head1 NAME
+
+  modattr - Modify an attribute for one or more LDAP entries
+
+=head1 SYNOPSIS
+
+  modattr [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert attr=value filter
+
+=head1 ABSTRACT
+
+This command line utility can be used to modify one attribute for one or
+more LDAP entries. As simple as this sounds, this turns out to be a very
+common operation. For instance, let's say you want to change "mailHost"
+for all users on a machine named I<dredd>, to be I<judge>. With this
+script all you have to do is
+
+    modattr mailHost=judge '(mailHost=dredd)'
+
+=head1 DESCRIPTION
+
+There are four primary operations that can be made with this utility:
+
+=over 4
+
+=item *
+
+Set an attribute to a (single) specified value.
+
+=item *
+
+Add a value to an attribute (for multi-value attributes).
+
+=item *
+
+Delete a value from an attribute. If it's the last value (or if it's a
+single value), this will remove the entire attribute.
+
+=item *
+
+Delete an entire attribute, even if it has multiple values.
+
+=back
+
+The first three requires an option of the form B<attr=value>, while the
+last one only takes the name of the attribute as the option. The last
+argument is always an LDAP search filter, specifying which entries the
+operation should be applied to.
+
+=head1 OPTIONS
+
+All but the first two command line options for this tool are standard LDAP
+options, to set parameters for the LDAP connection. The two new options
+are I<-a> and I<-d> to add and remove attribute values.
+
+Without either of these two options specified (they are both optional),
+the default action is to set the attribute to the specified value. That
+will effectively remove any existing values for this attribute.
+
+=over 12
+
+=item -a
+
+Specify that the operation is an I<add>, to add a value to the
+attribute. If there is no existing value for this attribute, we'll create
+a new attribute, otherwise we add the new value if it's not already there.
+
+=item -d
+
+Delete the attribute value, or the entire attribute if there's no value
+specified. As you can see this option has two forms, and it's function
+depends on the last arguments. Be careful here, if you forget to specify
+the value to delete, you will remove all of them.
+
+=item -h <host>
+
+Name of the LDAP server to connect to.
+
+=item -p <port>
+
+TCP port for the LDAP connection.
+
+=item -b <DN>
+
+Base DN for the search
+
+=item -D <bind>
+
+User (DN) to bind as. We support a few convenience shortcuts here, like
+I<root>, I<user> and I<repl>.
+
+=item -w <passwd>
+
+This specifies the password to use when connecting to the LDAP
+server. This is strongly discouraged, and without this option the script
+will ask for the password interactively.
+
+=item -s <scope>
+
+Search scope, default is I<sub>, the other possible values are I<base> and
+I<one>. You can also specify the numeric scopes, I<0>, I<1> or I<2>.
+
+=item -P
+
+Use SSL for the LDAP connection, using the specified cert.db file for
+certificate information.
+
+=item -n
+
+Don't do anything, only show the changes that would have been made. This
+is very convenient, and can save you from embarrassing mistakes.
+
+=item -v
+
+Verbose output.
+
+=back
+
+The last two arguments are special for this script. The first
+argument specifies the attribute (and possibly the value) to operate on,
+and the last argument is a properly formed LDAP search filter.
+
+=head1 EXAMPLES
+
+We'll give one example for each of the four operations this script can
+currently handle. Since the script itself is quite flexible, you'll
+probably find you can use this script for a lot of other applications, or
+call it from other scripts. Note that we don't specify any LDAP specific
+options here, we assume you have configured your defaults properly.
+
+To set the I<description> attribute for user "leif", you would do
+
+    modattr 'description=Company Swede' '(uid=leif)'
+
+The examples shows how to use this command without either of the I<-a> or
+the I<-d> argument. To add an e-mail alias (alternate address) to the same
+user, you would do
+
+    modattr -a 'mailAlternateAddress=theSwede@netscape.com' '(uid=leif)'
+
+To remove an object class from all entries which uses it, you could do
+
+    modattr -d 'objectclass=dummyClass' '(objectclass=dummyClass)'
+
+This example is not great, since unless you've assured that no entries
+uses any of the attributes in this class, you'll get schema
+violations. But don't despair, you can use this tool to clean up all
+entries first! To completely remove all usage of an attribute named
+I<dummyAttr>, you'd simply do
+
+    modattr -d dummyAttr '(dummyAttr=*)'
+
+This shows the final format of this command, notice how we don't specify a
+value, to assure that the entire attribute is removed. This is potentially
+dangerous, so again be careful.
+
+=head1 INSTALLATION
+
+In order to use this script, you'll need Perl version 5.004 or later, the
+LDAP SDK, and also the LDAP Perl module (aka PerLDAP). Once you've installed
+these packages, just copy this file to where you keep your admin binaries,
+e.g. /usr/local/bin.
+
+In order to get good performance, you should make sure you have indexes on
+the attributes you typically use with this script. Our experience has been
+that in most cases the standard indexes in the Directory Server are
+sufficient, e.g. I<CN>, I<UID> and I<MAIL>.
+
+=head1 AVAILABILITY
+
+This package can be retrieved from a number of places, including:
+
+    http://www.mozilla.org/directory/
+    Your local CPAN server
+
+=head1 CREDITS
+
+This little tool was developed internally at Netscape, by Leif Hedstrom.
+
+=head1 BUGS
+
+None, of course...
+
+=head1 SEE ALSO
+
+L<Mozilla::LDAP::API> and L<Perl>
+
+=cut

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/monitor.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: monitor.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Ask the directory server for it's monitor entry, to see some
+#    performance and usage stats.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "monitor";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:w:P:V:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs("", "cn=monitor");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server, and then
+# do the simple search.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "base", "objectclass=*");
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::printEntry($entry)
+  if ($entry);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/psoftsync.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,633 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: psoftsync.pl,v 1.6.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Synchronise some LDAP info with a PeopleSoft "dump". This "dump" file
+#    is a "tab" separated file, as generated by an SQL utility on the
+#    Oracle server.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Local configurations, check these out . Note that SYNCS and ORDER has to
+# have the same fields, this is because the hash array doesn't preserve
+# the order of it's entries... :-( The "codes" are bit fields, where the
+# three LSB are used as
+#
+#	 1  Force the update, even if attribute is empty (i.e. delete it)
+#	 2  The attribute is the base for a DN (e.g. "manager").
+#	 4  The attribute should be deleted if the user is not in PeopleSoft.
+#	 8  Don't warn if the attribute is missing in the Psoft file (-W option).
+#	16  Always delete this attribute in the PeopleSoft entry.
+#	32  Delete this attribute if the account has "expired".
+#
+%SYNCS = (
+	  "nscpharold" => 1 + 4,
+	  "uid" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "employeenumber" => 1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "departmentnumber" => 1 + 4,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "" => 0,
+	  "manager" => 1 + 2,
+	  "title" => 1 + 4 + 16 + 32,
+	  "ou" =>  1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "businesscategory" => 1 + 4 + 32,
+	  "employeetype" => 0,
+	  "nscppersonexpdate" => 1 + 8
+	  );
+
+@ORDER = (
+	  "nscpharold",
+	  "uid",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "employeenumber",
+	  "departmentnumber",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "",
+	  "manager",
+	  "title",
+	  "ou",
+	  "businesscategory",
+	  "employeetype",
+	  "nscppersonexpdate"
+	  );
+
+# This is used for mapping the employeeType attribute into a readable format.
+%EMPCODES = (
+	     "A" => "Applicant",
+	     "C" => "Contractor",
+	     "E" => "Employee",
+	     "O" => "OEM Partner",
+	     "T" => "Interim",
+	     "V" => "Vendor"
+	     );
+
+# Expiration policy for other attributes, the EXPDELAY is a convenience
+# default setting.
+$EXPDELAY = 24 * 7;
+%EXPIRES = (
+	    "carlicense"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailautoreplymode"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailautoreplytext"		=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "mailforwardingaddress"	=> $EXPDELAY,
+	    "facsimiletelephonenumber"	=> $EXPDELAY
+	    );
+	    
+
+$NOTYPE = "Unknown";
+$DELIMITER = "%%";
+$SENDMAIL = "/usr/lib/sendmail";
+
+$SEARCH = "(&(uid=*)(!(objectclass=pseudoAccount)))";
+$MAILTO = "leif\@netscape.com";
+
+#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "psoftsync";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w passwd -P cert -V ver PS_file";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = uniq(@ORDER);
+push(@ATTRIBUTES, "objectclass");
+
+$TODAY = `/usr/bin/date '+%Y%m%d'`;
+chop($TODAY);
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Print an error for the PeopleSoft data. Note that we use the "__XXX__" fields
+# here, to avoid the problem when an attribute is "expired" or modified.
+#
+sub psoftError
+{
+  my ($str, $entry) = @_;
+
+  print "Error: $str: ";
+  print $entry->key(), " (";
+  print $entry->{__employeenumber__}, ", ";
+  print $entry->{__employeetype__}, ", ";
+  print $entry->{__departmentnumber__}, ")\n";
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read in a PeopleSoft file, and create all the entries.
+#
+sub readDump
+{
+  my ($file) = @_;
+  my (@info, %entries);
+  my $val;
+
+  if (!open(PSOFT, $file))
+    {
+      print "Error: Can't read file $file\n";
+
+      exit(1);
+    }
+
+  while (<PSOFT>)
+    {
+      next unless /$DELIMITER/;
+
+      @info = split(/\s*%%\s*/);
+      $entry = PsoftEntry->new($info[$[]);
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  $val = shift(@info);
+	  next if ($attr eq "");
+
+	  $entry->add($attr, $val, $SYNCS{$attr});
+	}
+      #
+      # Perhaps we should do some sanity checks here on the PeopleSoft data?
+      #
+
+      # Clean up some data if the user has expired ("best before...")
+      if ($entry->expired($entry->{nscppersonexpdate}))
+	{
+	  foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	    {
+	      next unless $attr;
+
+	      delete($entry->{$attr}) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 32);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if ($entry->{uid})
+	{
+	  $entries{$entry->{uid}} = $entry;
+	}
+      elsif ($opt_W)
+	{
+	  psoftError("No UID", $entry);
+	}
+    }
+  close(PSOFT);
+
+  return %entries;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Make a list "uniq", just like the Unix command.
+#
+sub uniq {				# uniq(elements[])
+  my %tmp;
+   
+  grep($tmp{$_}++, @_);
+  return sort(keys(%tmp));
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Delete an attribute from an entry.
+#
+sub delAttr {				# delAttr(ENTRY, ATTR)
+  my ($entry, $attr) = @_;
+
+  if (defined($entry->{$attr}))
+    {
+      $out->write("Deleted $attr for user: $entry->{uid}[0]") if $opt_v;
+      delete($entry->{$attr});
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvMWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+$out = Mail->new();
+if ($opt_M)
+{
+  $out->set("to", $MAILTO);
+  $out->set("subject", "Hoth: PeopleSoft synchronization report");
+}
+else
+{
+  $out->echo();
+  $out->nomail();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Read in all the PeopleSoft entries, and then instantiate an LDAP object,
+# which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+%psoft = readDump(@ARGV[$[]);
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Now process all the users, one by one.
+#
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, "subtree", $SEARCH, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+
+while ($entry)
+{
+  $uid = $entry->{"uid"}[0];
+  $changed = 0;
+
+  $psent = $psoft{$uid};
+  if (!$psent)
+    {
+      print "Error: LDAP user $uid: No entry in PeopleSoft\n" if $opt_W;
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  next unless $attr;
+	  $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 4);
+	}
+      if ($entry->{employeetype}[0] ne "$NOTYPE")
+	{
+	  $entry->{employeetype} = ["$NOTYPE"];
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  $out->write("Set employeeType to $NOTYPE for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	}
+	  
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $psent->handled(1);
+      foreach $attr (@ORDER)
+	{
+	  next unless $attr;
+
+	  if (!defined($psent->{$attr}) || ($psent->{$attr} eq ""))
+	    {
+	      $changed += delAttr($entry, $attr) if ($SYNCS{$attr} & 1);
+	    }
+	  elsif ($entry->{$attr}[0] ne $psent->{$attr})
+	    {
+	      $entry->{$attr} = [$psent->{$attr}];
+	      $changed = 1;
+	      $out->write("Set $attr to $psent->{$attr} for user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	    }
+	}
+      # Now handle the Expire date special case...
+      if ($psent->expired() ne "")
+	{
+	  if ($entry->addValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
+	    {
+	      $changed = 1;
+	      $out->write("Expiring the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	    }
+
+	  # Expire other attributes, IFF the expire is over a certain
+	  # treshhold (e.g. a week).
+	}
+      elsif ($entry->removeValue("objectclass", "nscphidethis"))
+	{
+	  $changed = 1;
+	  $out->write("Enabling the user: $uid") if $opt_v;
+	}
+    }
+
+  $conn->update($entry) if ($changed && ! $opt_n);
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Close the LDAP connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Post process, figure out which PSoft entries have no entry in LDAP.
+#
+if ($opt_W)
+{
+  foreach (keys(%psoft))
+    {
+      $ent=$psoft{$_};
+      
+      psoftError("No LDAP entry", $ent) unless $ent->handled();
+    }
+}
+
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Package to an entry from the PeopleSoft database.
+#
+package PsoftEntry;
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Creator.
+#
+sub new
+{
+  my ($class, $key) = @_;
+  my $self = {};
+  
+  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
+  $self->{__key__} = $key;
+
+  return $self;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Add an attribute/field to the entry.
+#
+sub add
+{
+  my ($self, $attr, $val, $lev) = @_;
+
+  return if ($lev & 16);
+
+  $attr = lc $attr;
+  if ($attr eq "employeetype")
+    {
+      if (defined($main::EMPCODES{$val}))
+	{
+	  $self->{$attr} = $main::EMPCODES{$val};
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  $self->{$attr} = $main::NOTYPE;
+	}
+      $self->{__employeetype__} = $val;
+    }
+  elsif (!defined($val) || ($val eq ""))
+    {
+      main::psoftError("No attribute $attr", $self)
+	if ($main::opt_W && ($lev & 1) && !($lev & 8));
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $self->{$attr} = ($lev & 2) ? "uid=$val,$main::ld{root}" : $val;
+      $self->{"__${attr}__"} = $val;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return the value for an attribute/field.
+#
+sub get
+{
+  my ($self, $attr) = @_;
+
+  return $self->{$attr};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mark the entry as "expired". If there is no "date" argument, we'll return
+# the current entries expire status.
+#
+sub expired
+{
+  my ($self, $date) = @_;
+
+  if ($date)
+    {
+      # Only expire entries with reasonable expire dates...
+      if (length($date) != 8)
+	{
+	  main::psoftError("Bad expire date", $self) if $main::opt_W;
+
+	  return 0;
+	}
+
+      if ($date lt $main::TODAY)
+	{
+	  $self->{employeetype} = "$main::NOTYPE";
+	  $self->{__expired__} = 1;
+
+	  return 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return $self->{__expired__};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Mark the entry as "handled", i.e. it exists in LDAP.
+#
+sub handled
+{
+  my ($self, $flag) = @_;
+
+  $self->{__handled__} = 1 if $flag;
+
+  return $self->{__handled__};
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Return the "key" of this entry, typically the name field.
+#
+sub key
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  return $self->{__key__};
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# This sub-package will send mail to some recipients, IFF there is anything to
+# send, or your force it to send. Note that the Subject doesn't qualify it to
+# send a message (force it to send if you have to).
+#
+package Mail;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# The constructor, which optionally takes the TO, FROM and SUBJECT.
+#
+sub new
+{
+  my ($class, $to, $from, $subject) = @_;
+  my $self = {};
+
+  bless $self, ref $class || $class;
+
+  $self->{to} = $to || "root";
+  $self->{from} = $from || "ldap";
+  $self->{subject} = $subject || "Output from LDAP script\n";
+  @{$self->{message}} = ();
+  $self->{send} = 0;
+  $self->{nomail} = 0;
+  $self->{echo} = 0;
+
+  return $self;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Destructor, which will also send the message, if appropriate.
+#
+sub DESTROY
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
+    {
+      $self->send();
+      $self->{send} = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Set a field for this entry, e.g. From:, To: etc.
+#
+sub set
+{
+  my ($self, $field, $string) = @_;
+
+  if ($field && $string)
+    {
+      $field = lc $field;
+      $self->{$field} = $string;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Add a line to the message, the argument is the string.
+#
+sub write
+{
+  my ($self, $string) = @_;
+
+  if ($string ne "")
+    {
+      push(@{$self->{message}}, $string);
+      print "$string\n" if $self->{echo};
+
+      $self->{send}++;
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Force the object to send the message, no matter if there's anything in the
+# body or not.
+#
+sub force
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{send} = 1;
+  $self->{nomail} = 0;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Don't send the mail, this is the oppositte to "force...
+#
+sub nomail
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{send} = 0;
+  $self->{nomail} = 1;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Enable echo-mode, where we will also print everything to STDOUT.
+#
+sub echo
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  $self->{echo} = 1;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Actually send the message. This is automatically done by the DESTROY method,
+# but we can force it to do it this way.
+#
+sub send
+{
+  my ($self) = @_;
+
+  if ($self->{send} && !$self->{nomail})
+    {
+      open(MAILER, "|$main::SENDMAIL -t");
+      print MAILER "From: $self->{from}\n";
+      print MAILER "To: $self->{to}\n";
+      print MAILER "Subject: $self->{subject}\n\n";
+
+      foreach (@{$self->{message}})
+	{
+	  print MAILER "$_\n";
+	}
+      print MAILER ".\n";
+
+      close(MAILER);
+      $self->{send} = 0;
+    }
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/qsearch.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: qsearch.pl,v 1.9.2.5 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Quick Search, like ldapsearch, but in Perl. Look how simple it is.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "qsearch";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver filter [attr...]";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Now do all the searches, one by one.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+foreach (@ARGV)
+{
+  if (/\=/)
+    {
+      push(@srch, $_);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      push(@attr, $_);
+    }
+}
+
+foreach $search (@srch)
+{
+  if ($#attr >= $[)
+    {
+      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, "$search");
+    }
+
+  print "Searched for `$search':\n\n";
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      $entry->printLDIF();
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+    }
+  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+  print "\n";
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rand_mods.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#################################################################################
+# $Id: rand_mods.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# SYNOPSIS:
+#    Modify an attribute for one or more entries, or possibly delete it.
+#
+# USAGE:
+#    rand_mods [-adnvW] -b base -h host -D bind DN -w pwd -P cert filter loops
+#		attribute ...
+
+#################################################################################
+# Modules we need. Note that we depend heavily on the Ldapp module, 
+# which needs to be built from the C code. It also requires an LDAP SDK.
+#
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+use Carp;
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "rand_mods";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-dnvW] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -V ver filter loops attr ...";
+$AUTHOR	= "Leif Hedstrom <leif\@netscape.com>";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('adnvWb:h:D:p:s:w:P:V:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+croak "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Parse some extra argumens
+#
+my $srch, $loop;
+my (@attrs) = ("givenName", "sn");
+
+if (! ($srch = shift(@ARGV)))
+{
+  print "Usage: $APPNAME $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+$srch = "(&(!(objectclass=nscpHideThis))(uid=*))" if ($srch eq "");
+
+if (! ($loops = shift(@ARGV)))
+{
+  print "Usage: $APPNAME $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+
+@attrs = @ARGV if ($#ARGV > $[);
+$num_attrs = $#attrs;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Find all the argument
+#
+my $num = 0;
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $srch, 0, ("0.0"));
+while ($entry)
+{
+  push(@users, $entry->getDN());
+  $num++;
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+}
+
+print "Found $num users, randomizing changes now...\n";
+
+srand(time ^ $$);
+
+my $tmp, $tmp2, $dn, $loop2;
+while ($loops--)
+{
+  $dn = $users[rand($num)];
+
+  print "$loops loops left...\n" if (($loops % 100) == 0);
+  $entry = $conn->browse($dn, @attrs);
+
+  if ($entry)
+    {
+      $loop2 = $num_attrs + 1;
+      while ($loop2--)
+	{
+	  $tmp = $entry->{$attrs[$loop2]}[0];
+	  $tmp2 = rand($num_attrs);
+
+	  $entry->{$attrs[$loop2]} = [ $entry->{$attrs[$tmp2]}[0] ];
+	  $entry->{$attrs[$tmp2]} = [ $tmp] ;
+
+	  $entry->printLDIF();
+	}
+
+      $conn->update($entry);
+    }
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rename.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: rename.pl,v 1.5.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP. 
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Rename an LDAP entry, changing it's DN. Note that currently this only
+#    works with RDNs.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "rename";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver filter new_rdn";
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvIb:h:D:w:P:V:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+($search, $rdn) = @ARGV;
+if (($search eq "") || ($rdn eq ""))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Instantiate an LDAP object, which also binds to the LDAP server.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+if (! $entry || $conn->nextEntry())
+{
+  print "Error: The search did not return exactly one match, abort!\n";
+  exit;
+}
+
+if (! $opt_I)
+{
+  print "Rename ", $entry->getDN(), " with $rdn [N]? ";
+  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
+}
+
+if ($key eq "Y")
+{
+  # Note: I have to explicitly specify the original DN below, since the call
+  # to nextEntry() above blows the DN away from the ::Conn object.
+  if (! $opt_n)
+    {
+      $conn->modifyRDN($rdn, $entry->getDN());
+      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+    }
+  print "Renamed $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/rmentry.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: rmentry.pl,v 1.6.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Remove one or several LDAP objects. By default this tool is
+#    interactive, which can be disabled with the "-I" option (but
+#    please be careful...).
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "rmentry";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nvI] -b base -h host -p port -D bind -w pswd" .
+          "-P cert -V ver filter ...";
+
+@ATTRIBUTES = ("uid");
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvIb:h:p:D:w:P:V:'))
+{
+  print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+  exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the search, and process all the entries.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+$key = "Y" if $opt_I;
+foreach $search (@ARGV)
+{
+  $entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @ATTRIBUTES);
+  $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+  while ($entry)
+    {
+      if (! $opt_I)
+	{
+	  print "Delete $entry->{dn} [N]? ";
+	  $key = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::answer("N") unless $opt_I;
+	}
+
+      if ($key eq "Y")
+	{
+	  if (! $opt_n)
+	    {
+	      $conn->delete($entry);
+	      $conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+	    }
+	  print "Deleted $entry->{dn}\n" if $opt_v;
+	}
+
+      $entry = $conn->nextEntry();
+    }
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/examples/tabdump.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: tabdump.pl,v 1.4.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Generate a TAB separate "dump" of entries matching the search criteria,
+#    using the list of attributes specified.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "tabdump";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM [-nv] -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -V ver -t <sep> attr1,attr2,.. srch";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('nvb:h:D:p:s:w:P:t:V:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs();
+$separator = (defined($opt_t) ? $opt_t : "\t");
+
+$attributes = $ARGV[$[];
+$search = $ARGV[$[ + 1];
+die "Need to specify a list of attributes and the search filter.\n"
+  unless ($attributes && $search);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Do the searches, and produce the output.
+#
+$conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%ld);
+die "Could't connect to LDAP server $ld{host}" unless $conn;
+
+@attr = split(/,/, $attributes);
+$entry = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $search, 0, @attr);
+$conn->printError() if $conn->getErrorCode();
+
+while ($entry)
+{
+  foreach (@attr)
+    {
+      print $entry->{$_}[0], $separator;
+    }
+  print "\n";
+  $entry = $conn->nextEntry;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Close the connection.
+#
+$conn->close if $conn;

mozilla/directory/perldap/perl-Mozilla-LDAP.spec

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+%define nspr_name	nspr
+%define nss_name	nss
+%define mozldap_name	mozldap
+
+Summary: LDAP Perl module that wraps the Mozilla C SDK
+Name: perl-Mozilla-LDAP
+Version: 1.5.3
+Release: 1%{?dist}
+License: GPL/LGPL/MPL
+Group: Development/Libraries
+URL: http://www.mozilla.org/directory/perldap.html
+BuildRoot: %{_tmppath}/%{name}-%{version}-%{release}-root
+Requires: perl >= 2:5.8.0
+BuildRequires: perl >= 2:5.8.0
+BuildRequires: %{nspr_name}-devel >= 4.6
+BuildRequires: %{nss_name}-devel >= 3.11
+BuildRequires: %{mozldap_name}-devel >= 6.0
+Source0: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/directory/perldap/releases/1.5/perl-mozldap-%{version}.tar.gz
+Source1: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/directory/perldap/releases/1.5/Makefile.PL.rpm
+
+%description
+%{summary}.
+
+%prep
+%setup -q -n perl-mozldap-%{version}
+# Filter unwanted Provides:
+cat << \EOF > %{name}-prov
+#!/bin/sh
+%{__perl_provides} $* |\
+  sed -e '/perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry)$/d'
+EOF
+
+%define __perl_provides %{_builddir}/perl-mozldap-%{version}/%{name}-prov
+chmod +x %{__perl_provides}
+
+# Filter unwanted Requires:
+cat << \EOF > %{name}-req
+#!/bin/sh
+%{__perl_requires} $* |\
+  sed -e '/perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry)/d'
+EOF
+
+%define __perl_requires %{_builddir}/perl-mozldap-%{version}/%{name}-req
+chmod +x %{__perl_requires}
+
+%build
+
+LDAPPKGNAME=%{mozldap_name} CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" perl %{SOURCE1} PREFIX=$RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_prefix} INSTALLDIRS=vendor < /dev/null
+make OPTIMIZE="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" CFLAGS="$RPM_OPT_FLAGS" 
+make test
+
+%install
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+eval `perl '-V:installarchlib'`
+
+%makeinstall
+
+# remove files we don't want to package
+rm -f `find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -type f -name perllocal.pod -o -name .packlist`
+find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -name API.bs -a -size 0 -exec rm -f {} \;
+
+# make sure shared lib is correct mode
+find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT -name API.so -exec chmod 755 {} \;
+
+
+# find and run the correct version of brp-compress
+if [ -x /usr/lib/rpm/brp-compress ] ; then
+    /usr/lib/rpm/brp-compress
+elif [ -x %{_libdir}/rpm/brp-compress ] ; then
+    %{_libdir}/rpm/brp-compress
+fi
+
+# make sure files refer to %{_prefix} instead of buildroot/%prefix
+find $RPM_BUILD_ROOT%{_prefix} -type f -print | \
+	sed "s@^$RPM_BUILD_ROOT@@g" > %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist
+if [ "$(cat %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist)X" = "X" ] ; then
+    echo "ERROR: EMPTY FILE LIST"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+%clean
+rm -rf $RPM_BUILD_ROOT
+
+%files -f %{name}-%{version}-%{release}-filelist
+%defattr(-,root,root,-)
+%doc CREDITS ChangeLog README MPL-1.1.txt
+
+%changelog
+* Tue Aug  3 2010 Nathan Kinder <nkinder@redhat.com> - 1.5.3-1
+- avoid using deprecated functions in the underlying LDAP library.
+
+* Fri Jul 27 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5.2-1
+- Fix bugzilla 389731 - crash when a bad URL is passed
+
+* Wed Jun 20 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5.1-1
+- all files have been GPL/LGPL/MPL tri-licensed
+
+* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-9
+- remove only perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry) from Provides, leave in 
+- perl(Mozilla::LDAP::Entry) = 1.5
+
+* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-8
+- add perl_requires filter for the Entry module
+- add the MPL-1.1.txt file to the DOCs
+
+* Wed Jan 10 2007 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-7
+- Incorporate comments from Fedora Extras review - https://bugzilla.redhat.com/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=219869
+- Remove all Requires except perl - use autogenerated ones
+- Remove ExclusiveArch
+- Remove files that don't need to be packaged
+- add full URL to sources
+- set API.so to mode 755
+
+* Tue Oct 17 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-6
+- look for brp-compress first in /usr/lib then _libdir
+
+* Tue Oct 17 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-5
+- there is no TODO file; use custom Makefile.PL
+
+* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-4
+- use pkg-config --variable=xxx instead of --cflags e.g.
+
+* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-3
+- this is not a noarch package
+
+* Mon Oct 16 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-2
+- Use new mozldap6, dirsec versions of nspr, nss
+
+* Tue Feb  7 2006 Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org> - 1.5-1
+- Based on the perl-LDAP.spec file
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ChangeLog

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+2005-01-04  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@ogre.com>
+
+	* entry.pl: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+	* conn.pl: Changed all calls to new to use the class method directly.
+
+1999-08-06  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* conn.pl: Added support for browse() and compare().
+
+1999-03-19  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* conn.pl: Added test for add() with a hash array.
+
+1999-01-05  Leif Hedstrom  <leif@netscape.com>
+
+	* entry.pl: New script, to test all Entry:: methods.
+
+	* conn.pl: Added test for modifyRDN().
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/api.t

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
+print "1..1\n";
+
+print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/conn.t

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
+print "1..1\n";
+
+print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/entry.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl5
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: entry.pl,v 1.3.2.4 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods.
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Configurations, modify these as needed.
+#
+$BIND	= "uid=ldapadmin";
+$BASE	= "o=ogre.com";
+$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
+$UID	= "leif-test";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "entry.pl";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs($BIND, $BASE);
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Get an LDAP connection
+#
+sub getConn
+{
+  my $conn;
+
+  if ($main::reuseConn)
+    {
+      if (!defined($main::mainConn))
+	{
+	  $main::mainConn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%main::ld);
+	  die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}"
+	    unless $main::mainConn;
+	}
+      return $main::mainConn;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      $conn = Mozilla::LDAP::Conn->new(\%main::ld);
+      die "Could't connect to LDAP server $main::ld{host}" unless $conn;
+    }
+
+  return $conn;
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Some small help functions...
+#
+sub dotPrint
+{
+  my $str = shift;
+
+  print $str . '.' x (20 - length($str));
+}
+
+sub attributeEQ
+{
+  my (@a, @b);
+  my $i;
+
+  @a = @{$_[0]};
+  @b = @{$_[1]};
+  return 1 if (($#a < 0) && ($#b < 0));
+  return 0 unless ($#a == $#b);
+
+  @a = sort(@a);
+  @b = sort(@b);
+  for ($i = 0; $i <= $#a; $i++)
+    {
+      return 0 unless ($a[$i] eq $b[$i]);;
+    }
+
+  return 1;             # We passed all the tests, we're ok.
+}
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Setup the test entries.
+#
+undef $reuseConn;
+
+$filter = "(uid=$UID)";
+$conn = getConn();
+$nentry = $conn->newEntry("uid=$UID, $PEOPLE, $BASE");
+
+$nentry->{objectclass} = [ "top", "person", "inetOrgPerson", "mailRecipient" ];
+$nentry->addValue("uid", $UID);
+$nentry->addValue("sn", "Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("givenName", "Leif");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "Leif P. Hedstrom");
+$nentry->addValue("cn", "The Swede");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test1");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test2");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test3");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test4");
+$nentry->addValue("description", "Test5");
+$nentry->addValue("mail", "leif\@ogre.com");
+
+$ent = $conn->search($ld{root}, $ld{scope}, $filter);
+$conn->delete($ent->getDN()) if $ent;
+$conn->add($nentry);
+
+$nentry->printLDIF();
+
+$conn->close();

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/entry.t

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
+print "1..1\n";
+
+print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ldif.t

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#############################################################################
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test the LDIF module
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils qw(normalizeDN);
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(ldap_explode_dn);
+use Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF;
+use strict;
+
+
+my $testldif = "t/test.ldif";
+
+print "1..1\n";
+open( LDIF, "$testldif" ) || die "Can't open $testldif: $!";
+my $in = new Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF(*LDIF) ;
+my $ent;
+while ($ent = readOneEntry $in) {
+    print "The Entry is:\n";
+    Mozilla::LDAP::LDIF::put_LDIF(select(), 78, $ent);
+    my $desc = $ent->getValue('description');
+    # this tests the base64 decoding
+    die "Error: the description is not hello world" if ($desc ne 'hello world');
+}
+close LDIF;
+print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ssl.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env perl
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: ssl.pl,v 1.1.2.2 2007-06-14 09:21:17 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Rich Megginson <richm@stanfordalumni.org>
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test most (all?) of the LDAP::Mozilla::Conn methods. This code
+#    needs to be rewritten to use the standard test harness in Perl...
+
+use Getopt::Std;			# To parse command line arguments.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Conn;		# Main "OO" layer for LDAP
+use Mozilla::LDAP::Utils;		# LULU, utilities.
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API;
+
+use strict;
+no strict "vars";
+
+
+# Uncomment for somewhat more verbose messages from core modules
+#$LDAP_DEBUG = 1;
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Configurations, modify these as needed.
+#
+$BASE	= "dc=example,dc=com";
+$PEOPLE	= "ou=people";
+$UID	= "scarter";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Constants, shouldn't have to edit these...
+#
+$APPNAM	= "ssl.pl";
+$USAGE	= "$APPNAM -b base -h host -D bind -w pswd -P cert -N certname -W keypassword -Z";
+
+
+#################################################################################
+# Check arguments, and configure some parameters accordingly..
+#
+if (!getopts('b:h:D:p:s:w:P:N:W:Z'))
+{
+   print "usage: $APPNAM $USAGE\n";
+   exit;
+}
+%ld = Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::ldapArgs(undef, $BASE);
+$BASE = $ld{"base"};
+Mozilla::LDAP::Utils::userCredentials(\%ld) unless $opt_n;

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/ssl.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+
+LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/home/rich/mozilla/dist/lib ; export LD_LIBRARY_PATH
+
+#argsfile=.gdbinit
+#echo "break main" > $argsfile
+#echo "run -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -p 10202 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N Server-Cert -W 723d1e6cf342e1d133c69876e938be08e41bad41 -b '' objectclass=*" >> $argsfile
+#gdb -x $argsfile perl
+#rm -f $argsfile
+perl -d -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -Z -p 10200 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N "Server-Cert" -W `cat /home/rich/102srv/alias/pwdfile.txt` -b "" "objectclass=*" 
+#perl -d -I../blib/arch -I../blib/lib ssl.pl -h localhost -p 10202 -P /home/rich/102srv/alias/slapd-localhost-cert8.db -N "Server-Cert" -W `cat /home/rich/102srv/alias/pwdfile.txt` -b "" "objectclass=*" 

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/test.ldif

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+dn: uid=user,dc=example,dc=com
+objectclass: top
+objectclass: person
+objectclass: organizationalPerson
+objectclass: inetOrgPerson
+uid: user
+cn: Jay User
+sn: User
+givenName: Jay
+description:: aGVsbG8gd29ybGQ=
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/t/utils.t

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+print "This is not a real test, yet...\n";
+print "1..1\n";
+
+print "ok 1\n";

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/api.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: api.pl,v 1.8.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   api.pl - Test all LDAPv2 API function
+#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
+#
+#   Performs all API calls directly in order to test for possible issues
+#   on a particular platform.
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
+use strict;
+
+my $BASE = "ou=Test,o=Test,c=US";
+my $DN = "cn=Directory Manager";
+my $PASS = "abcd1234";
+my $HOST = "";
+my $PORT = 389;
+
+if (!$HOST)
+{
+   print "Please edit the variables at the top of this file.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+print "\nPerLDAP API TestSuite\n";
+print "\nNote: Failures in earlier tests will cause later tests to fail.\n";
+print "\n";
+
+my $howmany = 10;
+
+# Initialize the Connection
+{
+my $ld = ldap_init($HOST,$PORT);
+if ($ld <0)
+{
+   print "init			- Failed!\n";
+   die;
+}
+print "init		- OK\n";
+
+# Set an LDAP Session Option
+if (ldap_set_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_PROTOCOL_VERSION,LDAP_VERSION3)
+      != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "set_option	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "set_option	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get an LDAP Session Option
+my $option;
+ldap_get_option($ld,LDAP_OPT_REFERRALS,$option);
+
+if ($option != 1)
+{
+   print "get_option	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_option	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Anonymous Bind
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "anon_bind	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "anon_bind	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Authenticated Simple Bind
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$DN,$PASS) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "simple_bind	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "simple_bind	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Set Rebind Process
+my $rebindproc = sub { return($DN,$PASS,LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE); };
+ldap_set_rebind_proc($ld,$rebindproc);
+print "set_rebind	- OK\n";
+
+# Add an OrgUnit Entry
+my $entry = {
+	"objectclass" => ["top","organizationalUnit"],
+	"ou" => "Test",
+};
+
+if (ldap_add_s($ld,$BASE,$entry) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "add_org		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "add_org		- OK\n";
+}
+
+
+# Add People
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   $entry = {
+	"objectclass" => ["top","person"],
+	"cn" => "Mozilla $number",
+	"sn" => ["$number"],
+   };
+   if (ldap_add_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
+	 != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "add_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "add_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+# Modify People
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   $entry = {
+	"sn" => {"ab",["Test"]},
+        "telephoneNumber" => {"ab",[123.456]},
+#	"telephoneNumber" => "800-555-111$number",
+   };
+   if (ldap_modify_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE",$entry)
+	  != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "mod_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "mod_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+
+# Search People
+my $filter = "(sn=Test)";
+my $attrs = ["cn","sn"];
+my $res;
+if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASE,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$res)
+     != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "search_user	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "search_user	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Count Results
+if (ldap_count_entries($ld,$res) != $howmany)
+{
+   print "count_res	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "count_res	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Sort Results
+if (ldap_sort_entries($ld,$res,"sn") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "sort_ent	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "sort_ent	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Multisort Results
+if (ldap_multisort_entries($ld,$res,["sn","telephoneNumber"]) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "multisort	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "multisort	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get First Entry
+my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$res);
+if (!$ent)
+{
+   print "first_entry	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "first_entry	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Next Entry
+$ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent);
+if (!$ent)
+{
+   print "next_entry	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "next_entry	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get DN
+my $dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent);
+if (!$dn)
+{
+   print "get_dn		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_dn		- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get First Attribute
+my $ber;
+my $attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
+if (!$attr)
+{
+   print "first_attr	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "first_attr	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Next Attribute
+$attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber);
+if (!$attr)
+{
+   print "next_attr	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "next_attr	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Get Attribute Values
+my @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
+if ($#vals < 0)
+{
+   print "get_values	- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "get_values	- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Free structures pointed to by $ber and $res to prevent memory leak
+ldap_ber_free($ber,1);
+ldap_msgfree($res);
+
+# Compare Attribute Values
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   if(ldap_compare_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE","sn",$number)
+	 != LDAP_COMPARE_TRUE)
+   {
+      print "comp_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "comp_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+# Delete Users
+foreach my $number (1..$howmany)
+{
+   if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"cn=Mozilla $number,$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+   {
+      print "del_user_$number	- Failed!\n";
+   } else {
+      print "del_user_$number	- OK\n";
+   }
+}
+
+if (ldap_delete_s($ld,"$BASE") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   print "del_org		- Failed!\n";
+} else {
+   print "del_org		- OK\n";
+}
+
+# Unbind
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+}

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/search.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: search.pl,v 1.5.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Test the search capabilities of the API, similar to write.pl.
+
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:api :constant);
+use strict;
+
+
+my $ldap_host = "";
+my $BASEDN = "o=Org,c=US";
+my $filter = $ARGV[0];
+
+if (!$ldap_host)
+{
+   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+my $attrs = [];
+
+my ($ld,$result,$count);
+
+##
+##  Initialize LDAP Connection
+##
+
+if (($ld = ldap_init($ldap_host,LDAP_PORT)) == -1)
+{
+   die "Can not open LDAP connection to $ldap_host";
+}
+
+##
+##  Bind as DN, PASSWORD (NULL,NULL) on LDAP connection $ld
+##
+
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,"","") != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## ldap_search_s - Synchronous Search
+##
+
+if (ldap_search_s($ld,$BASEDN,LDAP_SCOPE_SUBTREE,$filter,$attrs,0,$result) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"search_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## ldap_count_entries - Count Matched Entries
+##
+
+if (($count = ldap_count_entries($ld,$result)) == -1)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"count_entry");
+   die;
+}
+
+##
+## first_entry - Get First Matched Entry
+## next_entry  - Get Next Matched Entry
+##
+
+for (my $ent = ldap_first_entry($ld,$result); $ent; $ent = ldap_next_entry($ld,$ent))
+{
+      
+##
+## ldap_get_dn  -  Get DN for Matched Entries
+##
+
+   my ($dn,$attr,@vals,$val,$ber);
+   if (($dn = ldap_get_dn($ld,$ent)) ne "")
+   {
+      print "dn: $dn\n";
+   } else {
+      ldap_perror($ld,"get_dn");
+      die;
+   }
+
+   for ($attr = ldap_first_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber); $attr; $attr = ldap_next_attribute($ld,$ent,$ber))
+   {
+
+##
+## ldap_get_values
+##
+
+      @vals = ldap_get_values($ld,$ent,$attr);
+      if ($#vals >= 0)
+      {
+         foreach $val (@vals)
+         {
+            print "$attr: $val\n";
+         }
+      }
+   }
+   ldap_ber_free($ber,0);
+}
+ldap_msgfree($result);
+
+##
+##  Unbind LDAP Connection
+##
+
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+

mozilla/directory/perldap/test_api/write.pl

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+#!/usr/bin/perl -w
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: write.pl,v 1.5.2.1 2007-06-14 09:21:18 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerlDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#   write.pl - Test of LDAP Modify Operations in Perl5
+#   Author:  Clayton Donley <donley@wwa.com>
+#
+#   This utility is mostly to demonstrate all the write operations
+#   that can be done with LDAP through this PERL5 module.
+
+use strict;
+use Mozilla::LDAP::API qw(:constant :api);
+
+
+# This is the entry we will be adding.  Do not use a pre-existing entry.
+my $ENTRYDN = "cn=Test Guy, o=Org, c=US";
+
+# This is the DN and password for an Administrator
+my $ROOTDN = "cn=DSManager,o=Org,c=US";
+my $ROOTPW = "";
+
+my $ldap_server = "";
+
+if (!$ldap_server)
+{
+   print "Edit the top portion of this file before continuing.\n";
+   exit -1;
+}
+
+my $ld = ldap_init($ldap_server,LDAP_PORT);
+
+if ($ld == -1)
+{
+   die "Connection to LDAP Server Failed";
+}
+
+if (ldap_simple_bind_s($ld,$ROOTDN,$ROOTPW) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"bind_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+my %testwrite = (
+	"cn" => "Test User",
+	"sn" => "User",
+        "givenName" => "Test",
+	"telephoneNumber" => "8475551212",
+	"objectClass" => ["top","person","organizationalPerson",
+           "inetOrgPerson"],
+        "mail" => "tuser\@my.org",
+);
+
+if (ldap_add_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"add_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Added.\n";
+
+
+%testwrite = (
+	"telephoneNumber" => "7085551212",
+        "mail" => {"a",["Test_User\@my.org"]},
+);
+
+if (ldap_modify_s($ld,$ENTRYDN,\%testwrite) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"modify_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Modified.\n";
+
+#
+# Delete the entry for $ENTRYDN
+#
+if (ldap_delete_s($ld,$ENTRYDN) != LDAP_SUCCESS)
+{
+   ldap_perror($ld,"delete_s");
+   die;
+}
+
+print "Entry Deleted.\n";
+
+# Unbind to LDAP server
+ldap_unbind($ld);
+
+exit;

mozilla/directory/perldap/typemap

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+#############################################################################
+# $Id: typemap,v 1.5.2.6 2007-06-14 09:21:15 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
+#
+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# License.
+#
+# The Original Code is PerLDAP.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
+#
+# Contributor(s):
+#   Clayton Donley
+#   Leif Hedstrom <leif@perldap.org>
+#   Kevin McCarthy
+#
+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
+#
+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
+
+# DESCRIPTION
+#    Typemap to declare XSUB data types.
+
+const int		T_IV
+char *			T_PV
+const char *		T_PV
+char **			T_charptrptr
+void *			T_PTR
+LDAP *			T_PTR
+LDAPMessage *		T_PTR
+LDAPMessage **		T_PTR
+BerElement *		T_PTR
+LDAPControl *		T_PTR
+LDAPVersion *		T_PTR
+struct berval 		T_berval
+struct berval *		T_bervalptr
+struct berval **	T_bervalptrptr
+FriendlyMap *		T_PTR
+LDAPsortkey **		T_PTR
+LDAPVirtualList *	T_PTR
+LDAPURLDesc *		T_PTR
+LDAPControl **		T_PTR
+LDAPFiltDesc *		T_PTR
+LDAPFiltInfo *		T_PTR
+LDAPMemCache *		T_PTR
+LDAPMemCache **		T_PTR
+struct ldap_thread_fns *	T_PTR
+LDAPMod **		T_PTR
+LDAP_CMP_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
+LDAP_REBINDPROC_CALLBACK *	T_PTR
+struct timeval		T_timeval
+my_chgtype_t    T_IV
+my_chgnum_t     T_IV
+my_result_t     T_IV
+my_vlvint_t     T_IV
+
+#########
+INPUT
+T_timeval
+	$var.tv_sec = (long)atof((char *)SvPV($arg,PL_na));
+	$var.tv_usec = 0
+T_berval
+	$var.bv_val = (char *)SvPV($arg,PL_na);
+	$var.bv_len = PL_na
+T_charptrptr
+        $var = (char **)avref2charptrptr($arg)
+T_bervalptr
+    $var = NULL
+T_bervalptrptr
+	$var = (struct berval **)avref2berptrptr($arg)
+OUTPUT
+T_charptrptr
+	$arg = charptrptr2avref($var);
+T_bervalptr
+    if ($var) {
+        sv_setpvn($arg,$var->bv_val,$var->bv_len);
+        ber_bvfree($var);
+    }
+T_bervalptrptr
+	$arg = berptrptr2avref((struct berval **)$var);

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/Attachment.pm

@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
-
-############################################################################
-# Module Initialization
-############################################################################
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-package Attachment;
-
-# This module requires that its caller have said "require CGI.pl" to import
-# relevant functions from that script and its companion globals.pl.
-
-############################################################################
-# Functions
-############################################################################
-
-sub query
-{
-  # Retrieves and returns an array of attachment records for a given bug. 
-  # This data should be given to attachment/list.atml in an
-  # "attachments" variable.
-  my ($bugid) = @_;
-
-  my $in_editbugs = &::UserInGroup("editbugs");
-
-  # Retrieve a list of attachments for this bug and write them into an array
-  # of hashes in which each hash represents a single attachment.
-  &::SendSQL("
-              SELECT attach_id, creation_ts, mimetype, description, ispatch, 
-               isobsolete, submitter_id 
-              FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $bugid ORDER BY attach_id
-            ");
-  my @attachments = ();
-  while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
-    my %a;
-    my $submitter_id;
-    ($a{'attachid'}, $a{'date'}, $a{'contenttype'}, $a{'description'},
-     $a{'ispatch'}, $a{'isobsolete'}, $submitter_id) = &::FetchSQLData();
-
-    # Format the attachment's creation/modification date into a standard
-    # format (YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM)
-    if ($a{'date'} =~ /^(\d\d\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
-        $a{'date'} = "$1-$2-$3 $4:$5";
-    }
-
-    # Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
-    &::PushGlobalSQLState();
-    &::SendSQL(" 
-                SELECT   name 
-                FROM     attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs 
-                WHERE    attach_id = $a{'attachid'} 
-                AND      attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
-                ORDER BY sortkey
-              ");
-    my @statuses = ();
-    while (&::MoreSQLData()) { 
-      my ($status) = &::FetchSQLData(); 
-      push @statuses , $status;
-    }
-    $a{'statuses'} = \@statuses;
-    &::PopGlobalSQLState();
-
-    # We will display the edit link if the user can edit the attachment;
-    # ie the are the submitter, or they have canedit.
-    # Also show the link if the user is not logged in - in that cae,
-    # They'll be prompted later
-    $a{'canedit'} = ($::userid == 0 || $submitter_id == $::userid ||
-                     $in_editbugs);
-    push @attachments, \%a;
-  }
-  
-  return \@attachments;  
-}
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/Bug.pm

@@ -1,547 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Dawn Endico    <endico@mozilla.org>
-#                 Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Chris Yeh      <cyeh@bluemartini.com>
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use DBI;
-use RelationSet;
-use vars qw($unconfirmedstate $legal_keywords);
-require "globals.pl";
-require "CGI.pl";
-package Bug;
-use CGI::Carp qw(fatalsToBrowser);
-my %ok_field;
-
-for my $key (qw (bug_id product version rep_platform op_sys bug_status 
-                resolution priority bug_severity component assigned_to
-                reporter bug_file_loc short_desc target_milestone 
-                qa_contact status_whiteboard creation_ts groupset 
-                delta_ts votes whoid usergroupset comment query error) ){
-    $ok_field{$key}++;
-    }
-
-# create a new empty bug
-#
-sub new {
-  my $type = shift();
-  my %bug;
-
-  # create a ref to an empty hash and bless it
-  #
-  my $self = {%bug};
-  bless $self, $type;
-
-  # construct from a hash containing a bug's info
-  #
-  if ($#_ == 1) {
-    $self->initBug(@_);
-  } else {
-    confess("invalid number of arguments \($#_\)($_)");
-  }
-
-  # bless as a Bug
-  #
-  return $self;
-}
-
-
-
-# dump info about bug into hash unless user doesn't have permission
-# user_id 0 is used when person is not logged in.
-#
-sub initBug  {
-  my $self = shift();
-  my ($bug_id, $user_id) = (@_);
-
-  my $old_bug_id = $bug_id;
-  if ((! defined $bug_id) || (!$bug_id) || (!&::detaint_natural($bug_id))) {
-      # no bug number given
-      $self->{'bug_id'} = $old_bug_id;
-      $self->{'error'} = "InvalidBugId";
-      return $self;
-  }
-
-# default userid 0, or get DBID if you used an email address
-  unless (defined $user_id) {
-    $user_id = 0;
-  }
-  else {
-     if ($user_id =~ /^\@/) {
-        $user_id = &::DBname_to_id($user_id); 
-     }
-  }
-     
-
-  &::ConnectToDatabase();
-  &::GetVersionTable();
-
-  # this verification should already have been done by caller
-  # my $loginok = quietly_check_login();
-
-
-  $self->{'whoid'} = $user_id;
-  &::SendSQL("SELECT groupset FROM profiles WHERE userid=$self->{'whoid'}");
-  my $usergroupset = &::FetchOneColumn();
-  if (!$usergroupset) { $usergroupset = '0' }
-  $self->{'usergroupset'} = $usergroupset;
-
-  # Check to see if we can see this bug
-  if (!&::CanSeeBug($bug_id, $user_id, $usergroupset)) {
-      # Permission denied to see bug 
-      $self->{'bug_id'} = $old_bug_id;
-      $self->{'error'} = "PermissionDenied";
-      return $self;
-  }
-
-    my $query = "";
-    if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-        $query = "
-    select
-      bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
-      resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
-      bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact,
-      status_whiteboard, date_format(creation_ts,'%Y-%m-%d %H:%i'),
-      groupset, delta_ts, sum(votes.count)
-    from bugs left join votes using(bug_id)
-    where bugs.bug_id = $bug_id
-    group by bugs.bug_id";
-    } elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
-        $query = "
-    select
-      bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
-      resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
-      bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact,
-      status_whiteboard, creation_ts,
-      groupset, delta_ts, sum(votes.count)
-    from bugs left join votes using(bug_id)
-    where bugs.bug_id = $bug_id
-    and (bugs.groupset & int8($usergroupset)) = bugs.groupset
-    group by bugs.bug_id, product, version, rep_platform, op_sys, bug_status,
-         resolution, priority, bug_severity, component, assigned_to, reporter,
-         bug_file_loc, short_desc, target_milestone, qa_contact, status_whiteboard,
-         creation_ts, groupset, delta_ts";
-    }
-
-  &::SendSQL($query);
-  my @row;
-
-  if (@row = &::FetchSQLData()) {
-    my $count = 0;
-    my %fields;
-    foreach my $field ("bug_id", "product", "version", "rep_platform",
-                       "op_sys", "bug_status", "resolution", "priority",
-                       "bug_severity", "component", "assigned_to", "reporter",
-                       "bug_file_loc", "short_desc", "target_milestone",
-                       "qa_contact", "status_whiteboard", "creation_ts",
-                       "groupset", "delta_ts", "votes") {
-        $fields{$field} = shift @row;
-        if ($fields{$field}) {
-            $self->{$field} = $fields{$field};
-        }
-        $count++;
-    }
-  } else {
-    &::SendSQL("select groupset from bugs where bug_id = $bug_id");
-    if (@row = &::FetchSQLData()) {
-      $self->{'bug_id'} = $bug_id;
-      $self->{'error'} = "NotPermitted";
-      return $self;
-    } else {
-      $self->{'bug_id'} = $bug_id;
-      $self->{'error'} = "NotFound";
-      return $self;
-    }
-  }
-
-  $self->{'assigned_to'} = &::DBID_to_name($self->{'assigned_to'});
-  $self->{'reporter'} = &::DBID_to_name($self->{'reporter'});
-
-  my $ccSet = new RelationSet;
-  $ccSet->mergeFromDB("select who from cc where bug_id=$bug_id");
-  my @cc = $ccSet->toArrayOfStrings();
-  if (@cc) {
-    $self->{'cc'} = \@cc;
-  }
-
-  if (&::Param("useqacontact") && (defined $self->{'qa_contact'}) ) {
-    my $name = $self->{'qa_contact'} > 0 ? &::DBID_to_name($self->{'qa_contact'}) :"";
-    if ($name) {
-      $self->{'qa_contact'} = $name;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (@::legal_keywords) {
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name 
-              FROM keyworddefs, keywords
-             WHERE keywords.bug_id = $bug_id 
-               AND keyworddefs.id = keywords.keywordid
-          ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
-    my @list;
-    while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
-        push(@list, &::FetchOneColumn());
-    }
-    if (@list) {
-      $self->{'keywords'} = join(', ', @list);
-    }
-  }
-
-  &::SendSQL("select attach_id, creation_ts, description 
-           from attachments 
-           where bug_id = $bug_id");
-  my @attachments;
-  while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
-    my ($attachid, $date, $desc) = (&::FetchSQLData());
-    if ($date =~ /^(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
-        $date = "$3/$4/$2 $5:$6";
-      my %attach;
-      $attach{'attachid'} = $attachid;
-      $attach{'date'} = $date;
-      $attach{'desc'} = $desc;
-      push @attachments, \%attach;
-    }
-  }
-  if (@attachments) {
-    $self->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
-  }
-
-  &::SendSQL("select bug_id, who, bug_when, thetext 
-           from longdescs 
-           where bug_id = $bug_id");
-  my @longdescs;
-  while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
-    my ($bug_id, $who, $bug_when, $thetext) = (&::FetchSQLData());
-    my %longdesc;
-    $longdesc{'who'} = $who;
-    $longdesc{'bug_when'} = $bug_when;
-    $longdesc{'thetext'} = $thetext;
-    push @longdescs, \%longdesc;
-  }
-  if (@longdescs) {
-    $self->{'longdescs'} = \@longdescs;
-  }
-
-  if (&::Param("usedependencies")) {
-    my @depends = EmitDependList("blocked", "dependson", $bug_id);
-    if ( @depends ) {
-      $self->{'dependson'} = \@depends;
-    }
-    my @blocks = EmitDependList("dependson", "blocked", $bug_id);
-    if ( @blocks ) {
-      $self->{'blocks'} = \@blocks;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return $self;
-}
-
-
-
-# given a bug hash, emit xml for it. with file header provided by caller
-#
-sub emitXML {
-  ( $#_ == 0 ) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-  my $xml;
-
-
-  if (exists $self->{'error'}) {
-    $xml .= "<bug error=\"$self->{'error'}\">\n";
-    $xml .= "  <bug_id>$self->{'bug_id'}</bug_id>\n";
-    $xml .= "</bug>\n";
-    return $xml;
-  }
-
-  $xml .= "<bug>\n";
-
-  foreach my $field ("bug_id", "bug_status", "product",
-      "priority", "version", "rep_platform", "assigned_to", "delta_ts", 
-      "component", "reporter", "target_milestone", "bug_severity", 
-      "creation_ts", "qa_contact", "op_sys", "resolution", "bug_file_loc",
-      "short_desc", "keywords", "status_whiteboard") {
-    if ($self->{$field}) {
-      $xml .= "  <$field>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{$field}) . "</$field>\n";
-    }
-  }
-
-  foreach my $field ("dependson", "blocks", "cc") {
-    if (defined $self->{$field}) {
-      for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{$field}} ; $i++) {
-        $xml .= "  <$field>" . $self->{$field}[$i] . "</$field>\n";
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (defined $self->{'longdescs'}) {
-    for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{'longdescs'}} ; $i++) {
-      $xml .= "  <long_desc>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "   <who>" . &::DBID_to_name($self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'who'}) 
-                         . "</who>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "   <bug_when>" . $self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'bug_when'} 
-                              . "</bug_when>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "   <thetext>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{'longdescs'}[$i]->{'thetext'})
-                             . "</thetext>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "  </long_desc>\n"; 
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (defined $self->{'attachments'}) {
-    for (my $i=0 ; $i < @{$self->{'attachments'}} ; $i++) {
-      $xml .= "  <attachment>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "    <attachid>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'attachid'}
-                              . "</attachid>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "    <date>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'date'} . "</date>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "    <desc>" . QuoteXMLChars($self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'desc'}) . "</desc>\n"; 
-    # $xml .= "    <type>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'type'} . "</type>\n"; 
-    # $xml .= "    <data>" . $self->{'attachments'}[$i]->{'data'} . "</data>\n"; 
-      $xml .= "  </attachment>\n"; 
-    }
-  }
-
-  $xml .= "</bug>\n";
-  return $xml;
-}
-
-sub EmitDependList {
-  my ($myfield, $targetfield, $bug_id) = (@_);
-  my @list;
-  &::SendSQL("select dependencies.$targetfield, bugs.bug_status
-           from dependencies, bugs
-           where dependencies.$myfield = $bug_id
-             and bugs.bug_id = dependencies.$targetfield
-           order by dependencies.$targetfield");
-  while (&::MoreSQLData()) {
-    my ($i, $stat) = (&::FetchSQLData());
-    push @list, $i;
-  }
-  return @list;
-}
-
-sub QuoteXMLChars {
-  $_[0] =~ s/&/&amp;/g;
-  $_[0] =~ s/</&lt;/g;
-  $_[0] =~ s/>/&gt;/g;
-  $_[0] =~ s/'/&apos;/g;
-  $_[0] =~ s/"/&quot;/g;
-# $_[0] =~ s/([\x80-\xFF])/&XmlUtf8Encode(ord($1))/ge;
-  return($_[0]);
-}
-
-sub XML_Header {
-  my ($urlbase, $version, $maintainer, $exporter) = (@_);
-
-  my $xml;
-  $xml = "<?xml version=\"1.0\" standalone=\"yes\"?>\n";
-  $xml .= "<!DOCTYPE bugzilla SYSTEM \"$urlbase";
-  if (! ($urlbase =~ /.+\/$/)) {
-    $xml .= "/";
-  }
-  $xml .= "bugzilla.dtd\">\n";
-  $xml .= "<bugzilla";
-  if (defined $exporter) {
-    $xml .= " exporter=\"$exporter\"";
-  }
-  $xml .= " version=\"$version\"";
-  $xml .= " urlbase=\"$urlbase\"";
-  $xml .= " maintainer=\"$maintainer\">\n";
-  return ($xml);
-}
-
-
-sub XML_Footer {
-  return ("</bugzilla>\n");
-}
-
-sub UserInGroup {
-    my $self = shift();
-    my ($groupname) = (@_);
-    if ($self->{'usergroupset'} eq "0") {
-        return 0;
-    }
-    &::ConnectToDatabase();
-    &::SendSQL("select (group_bit & int8($self->{'usergroupset'})) != 0 from groups where name = " 
-           . &::SqlQuote($groupname));
-    my $bit = &::FetchOneColumn();
-    if ($bit) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-sub CanChangeField {
-   my $self = shift();
-   my ($f, $oldvalue, $newvalue) = (@_);
-   my $UserInEditGroupSet = -1;
-   my $UserInCanConfirmGroupSet = -1;
-   my $ownerid;
-   my $reporterid;
-   my $qacontactid;
-
-    if ($f eq "assigned_to" || $f eq "reporter" || $f eq "qa_contact") {
-        if ($oldvalue =~ /^\d+$/) {
-            if ($oldvalue == 0) {
-                $oldvalue = "";
-            } else {
-                $oldvalue = &::DBID_to_name($oldvalue);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    if ($oldvalue eq $newvalue) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    if (&::trim($oldvalue) eq &::trim($newvalue)) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    if ($f =~ /^longdesc/) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    if ($UserInEditGroupSet < 0) {
-        $UserInEditGroupSet = UserInGroup($self, "editbugs");
-    }
-    if ($UserInEditGroupSet) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT reporter, assigned_to, qa_contact FROM bugs " .
-                "WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
-    ($reporterid, $ownerid, $qacontactid) = (&::FetchSQLData());
-
-    # Let reporter change bug status, even if they can't edit bugs.
-    # If reporter can't re-open their bug they will just file a duplicate.
-    # While we're at it, let them close their own bugs as well.
-    if ( ($f eq "bug_status") && ($self->{'whoid'} eq $reporterid) ) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    if ($f eq "bug_status" && $newvalue ne $::unconfirmedstate &&
-        &::IsOpenedState($newvalue)) {
-
-        # Hmm.  They are trying to set this bug to some opened state
-        # that isn't the UNCONFIRMED state.  Are they in the right
-        # group?  Or, has it ever been confirmed?  If not, then this
-        # isn't legal.
-
-        if ($UserInCanConfirmGroupSet < 0) {
-            $UserInCanConfirmGroupSet = &::UserInGroup("canconfirm");
-        }
-        if ($UserInCanConfirmGroupSet) {
-            return 1;
-        }
-        &::SendSQL("SELECT everconfirmed FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
-        my $everconfirmed = FetchOneColumn();
-        if ($everconfirmed) {
-            return 1;
-        }
-    } elsif ($reporterid eq $self->{'whoid'} || $ownerid eq $self->{'whoid'} ||
-             $qacontactid eq $self->{'whoid'}) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-    $self->{'error'} = "
-Only the owner or submitter of the bug, or a sufficiently
-empowered user, may make that change to the $f field."
-}
-
-sub Collision {
-    my $self = shift();
-    my $write = "WRITE";        # Might want to make a param to control
-                                # whether we do LOW_PRIORITY ...
-    if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-        &::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES bugs $write, bugs_activity $write, cc $write, " .
-                "cc AS selectVisible_cc $write, " .
-                "profiles $write, dependencies $write, votes $write, " .
-                "keywords $write, longdescs $write, fielddefs $write, " .
-                "keyworddefs READ, groups READ, attachments READ, products READ");
-    } 
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT delta_ts FROM bugs where bug_id=$self->{'bug_id'}");
-    my $delta_ts = &::FetchOneColumn();
-    if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-        &::SendSQL("unlock tables");
-    }
-    if ($self->{'delta_ts'} ne $delta_ts) {
-       return 1;
-    }
-    else {
-       return 0;
-    }
-}
-
-sub AppendComment  {
-    my $self = shift();
-    my ($comment) = (@_);
-    $comment =~ s/\r\n/\n/g;     # Get rid of windows-style line endings.
-    $comment =~ s/\r/\n/g;       # Get rid of mac-style line endings.
-    if ($comment =~ /^\s*$/) {  # Nothin' but whitespace.
-        return;
-    }
-
-    &::SendSQL("INSERT INTO longdescs (bug_id, who, bug_when, thetext) " .
-            "VALUES($self->{'bug_id'}, $self->{'whoid'}, now(), " . &::SqlQuote($comment) . ")");
-
-    &::SendSQL("UPDATE bugs SET delta_ts = now() WHERE bug_id = $self->{'bug_id'}");
-}
-
-
-#from o'reilley's Programming Perl
-sub display {
-    my $self = shift;
-    my @keys;
-    if (@_ == 0) {                  # no further arguments
-        @keys = sort keys(%$self);
-    }  else {
-        @keys = @_;                 # use the ones given
-    }
-    foreach my $key (@keys) {
-        print "\t$key => $self->{$key}\n";
-    }
-}
-
-sub CommitChanges {
-
-#snapshot bug
-#snapshot dependencies
-#check can change fields
-#check collision
-#lock and change fields
-#notify through mail
-
-}
-
-sub AUTOLOAD {
-  use vars qw($AUTOLOAD);
-  my $self = shift;
-  my $type = ref($self) || $self;
-  my $attr = $AUTOLOAD;
-
-  $attr =~ s/.*:://;
-  return unless $attr=~ /[^A-Z]/;
-  if (@_) {
-    $self->{$attr} = shift;
-    return;
-  }
-  confess ("invalid bug attribute $attr") unless $ok_field{$attr};
-  if (defined $self->{$attr}) {
-    return $self->{$attr};
-  } else {
-    return '';
-  }
-}
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/README

@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-* This README is no longer used to house installation instructions.  Instead,
-it contains pointers to where you may find the information you need.
-
-* Installation instructions are now found in docs/, with a variety of document
-types available.  Please refer to these documents when installing, configuring,
-and maintaining your Bugzilla installation.  A helpful starting point is
-docs/txt/Bugzilla-Guide.txt, or with a web browser at docs/html/index.html.
-
-* Release notes for people upgrading to a new version of Bugzilla are
-available at docs/rel_notes.txt.
-
-* If you wish to contribute to the documentation, please read docs/README.docs.
-
-* The Bugzilla web site is at "http://www.mozilla.org/projects/bugzilla/".
-This site will contain the latest Bugzilla information, including how to
-report bugs and how to get help with Bugzilla.

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/RelationSet.pm

@@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
-# 
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-# 
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-# 
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-# 
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All
-# Rights Reserved.
-# 
-# Contributor(s): Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
-#                 Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com>
-
-# This object models a set of relations between one item and a group
-# of other items.  An example is the set of relations between one bug
-# and the users CCed on that bug.  Currently, the relation objects are
-# expected to be bugzilla userids.  However, this could and perhaps
-# should be generalized to work with non userid objects, such as
-# keywords associated with a bug.  That shouldn't be hard to do; it
-# might involve turning this into a virtual base class, and having
-# UserSet and KeywordSet types that inherit from it.
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-# Everything that uses RelationSet should already have globals.pl loaded
-# so we don't want to load it here.  Doing so causes a loop in Perl because
-# globals.pl turns around and does a 'use RelationSet'
-# See http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=72862
-#require "globals.pl";
-
-package RelationSet;
-use CGI::Carp qw(fatalsToBrowser);
-
-# create a new empty RelationSet
-#
-sub new {
-  my $type = shift();
-
-  # create a ref to an empty hash and bless it
-  #
-  my $self = {};
-  bless $self, $type;
-
-  # construct from a comma-delimited string
-  # 
-  if ($#_ == 0) {
-    $self->mergeFromString($_[0]);
-  }
-  # unless this was a constructor for an empty list, somebody screwed up.
-  #
-  elsif ( $#_ != -1 ) {
-    confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  }
-
-  # bless as a RelationSet
-  #
-  return $self;
-}
-
-# Assumes that the set of relations "FROM $table WHERE $constantSql and 
-# $column = $value" is currently represented by $self, and this set should
-# be updated to look like $other.  
-#
-# Returns an array of two strings, one INSERT and one DELETE, which will
-# make this change.  Either or both strings may be the empty string,
-# meaning that no INSERT or DELETE or both (respectively) need to be done.
-#
-# THE CALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DESIRED LOCKING AND/OR CONSISTENCY 
-# CHECKS (not to mention doing the SendSQL() calls).
-#
-sub generateSqlDeltas {
-  ($#_ == 5) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my ( $self, # instance ptr to set representing the existing state
-       $endState, # instance ptr to set representing the desired state
-       $table, # table where these relations are kept
-       $invariantName, # column held const for a RelationSet (often "bug_id")
-       $invariantValue, # what to hold the above column constant at
-       $columnName # the column which varies (often a userid)
-     ) = @_;
-
-  # construct the insert list by finding relations which exist in the
-  # end state but not the current state.
-  #
-  my @endStateRelations = keys(%$endState);
-  my @insertList = ();
-  foreach ( @endStateRelations ) {
-    push ( @insertList, $_ ) if ( ! exists $$self{"$_"} );
-  }
-
-  # we've built the list.  If it's non-null, add required sql chrome.
-  #
-  my $sqlInsert="";
-  if ( $#insertList > -1 ) {
-    $sqlInsert = "INSERT INTO $table ($invariantName, $columnName) VALUES " .
-      join (",", 
-            map ( "($invariantValue, $_)" , @insertList ) 
-           );
-  }
-     
-  # construct the delete list by seeing which relations exist in the
-  # current state but not the end state
-  #
-  my @selfRelations = keys(%$self);
-  my @deleteList = ();
-  foreach ( @selfRelations ) {
-    push (@deleteList, $_) if ( ! exists $$endState{"$_"} );
-  }
-
-  # we've built the list.  if it's non-empty, add required sql chrome.
-  #
-  my $sqlDelete = "";
-  if ( $#deleteList > -1 ) {
-    $sqlDelete = "DELETE FROM $table WHERE $invariantName = $invariantValue " .
-      "AND $columnName IN ( " . join (",", @deleteList) . " )";
-  } 
-
-  return ($sqlInsert, $sqlDelete);
-}
-
-# compare the current object with another.  
-#
-sub isEqual {
-  ($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-  my $other = shift();
-
-  # get arrays of the keys for faster processing
-  #
-  my @selfRelations = keys(%$self);
-  my @otherRelations = keys(%$other);
- 
-  # make sure the arrays are the same size
-  #
-  return 0 if ( $#selfRelations != $#otherRelations );
-
-  # bail out if any of the elements are different
-  #
-  foreach my $relation ( @selfRelations ) {
-    return 0 if ( !exists $$other{$relation})
-  }
-
-  # we made it!
-  #
-  return 1;
-
-}
-
-# merge the results of a SQL command into this set
-#
-sub mergeFromDB {
-  ( $#_ == 1 ) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  &::SendSQL(shift());
-  while (my @row = &::FetchSQLData()) {
-    $$self{$row[0]} = 1;
-  }
-
-  return;
-}
-
-# merge a set in string form into this set
-#
-sub mergeFromString {
-  ($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  # do the merge
-  #
-  foreach my $person (split(/[ ,]/, shift())) {
-    if ($person ne "") {
-      $$self{&::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person)} = 1;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-# remove a set in string form from this set
-#
-sub removeItemsInString {
-  ($#_ == 1) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  # do the merge
-  #
-  foreach my $person (split(/[ ,]/, shift())) {
-    if ($person ne "") {
-      my $dbid = &::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person);
-      if (exists $$self{$dbid}) {
-        delete $$self{$dbid};
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-# remove a set in array form from this set
-#
-sub removeItemsInArray {
-  ($#_ > 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  # do the merge
-  #
-  while (my $person = shift()) {
-    if ($person ne "") {
-      my $dbid = &::DBNameToIdAndCheck($person);
-      if (exists $$self{$dbid}) {
-        delete $$self{$dbid};
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-# return the number of elements in this set
-#
-sub size {
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  my @k = keys(%$self);
-  return $#k++;
-}
-
-# return this set in array form
-#
-sub toArray {
-  my $self= shift();
-
-  return keys(%$self);
-}
-
-# return this set as an array of strings
-#
-sub toArrayOfStrings {
-  ($#_ == 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  my @result = ();
-  foreach my $i ( keys %$self ) {
-    push @result, &::DBID_to_name($i);
-  }
-
-  return sort { lc($a) cmp lc($b) } @result;
-}  
-
-# return this set in string form (comma-separated and sorted)
-#
-sub toString {
-  ($#_ == 0) || confess("invalid number of arguments");
-  my $self = shift();
-
-  my @result = ();
-  foreach my $i ( keys %$self ) {
-    push @result, &::DBID_to_name($i);
-  }
-
-  return join(',', sort(@result));
-}  
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/Token.pm

@@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):    Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
-
-################################################################################
-# Module Initialization
-################################################################################
-
-# Make it harder for us to do dangerous things in Perl.
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-# Bundle the functions in this file together into the "Token" package.
-package Token;
-
-use Date::Format;
-
-# This module requires that its caller have said "require CGI.pl" to import
-# relevant functions from that script and its companion globals.pl.
-
-################################################################################
-# Constants
-################################################################################
-
-# The maximum number of days a token will remain valid.
-my $maxtokenage = 3;
-
-################################################################################
-# Functions
-################################################################################
-
-sub IssueEmailChangeToken {
-    my ($userid, $old_email, $new_email) = @_;
-
-    my $token_ts = time();
-    my $issuedate = time2str("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M", $token_ts);
-
-    # Generate a unique token and insert it into the tokens table.
-    # We have to lock the tokens table before generating the token, 
-    # since the database must be queried for token uniqueness.
-    &::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES tokens WRITE");
-    my $token = GenerateUniqueToken();
-    my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
-    my $quoted_emails = &::SqlQuote($old_email . ":" . $new_email);
-    &::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token , 
-                                     tokentype , eventdata )
-                VALUES             ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken , 
-                                     'emailold' , $quoted_emails )");
-    my $newtoken = GenerateUniqueToken();
-    $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($newtoken);
-    &::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token , 
-                                     tokentype , eventdata )
-                VALUES             ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken , 
-                                     'emailnew' , $quoted_emails )");
-    &::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES");
-
-    # Mail the user the token along with instructions for using it.
-
-    my $template = $::template;
-    my $vars = $::vars;
-
-    $vars->{'oldemailaddress'} = $old_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
-    $vars->{'newemailaddress'} = $new_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
-    
-    $vars->{'max_token_age'} = $maxtokenage;
-    $vars->{'token_ts'} = $token_ts;
-
-    $vars->{'token'} = $token;
-    $vars->{'emailaddress'} = $old_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
-
-    my $message;
-    $template->process("account/email/change-old.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
-      || &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-
-    open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
-    print SENDMAIL $message;
-    close SENDMAIL;
-
-    $vars->{'token'} = $newtoken;
-    $vars->{'emailaddress'} = $new_email . &::Param('emailsuffix');
-
-    $message = "";
-    $template->process("account/email/change-new.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
-      || &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-
-    open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
-    print SENDMAIL $message;
-    close SENDMAIL;
-
-}
-
-sub IssuePasswordToken {
-    # Generates a random token, adds it to the tokens table, and sends it
-    # to the user with instructions for using it to change their password.
-
-    my ($loginname) = @_;
-
-    # Retrieve the user's ID from the database.
-    my $quotedloginname = &::SqlQuote($loginname);
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM profiles WHERE login_name = $quotedloginname");
-    my ($userid) = &::FetchSQLData();
-
-    my $token_ts = time();
-    my $issuedate = time2str("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M", $token_ts);
-
-    # Generate a unique token and insert it into the tokens table.
-    # We have to lock the tokens table before generating the token, 
-    # since the database must be queried for token uniqueness.
-    &::SendSQL("LOCK TABLE tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-    my $token = GenerateUniqueToken();
-    my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
-    my $quotedipaddr = &::SqlQuote($::ENV{'REMOTE_ADDR'});
-    &::SendSQL("INSERT INTO tokens ( userid , issuedate , token , tokentype , eventdata )
-                VALUES      ( $userid , '$issuedate' , $quotedtoken , 'password' , $quotedipaddr )");
-    &::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-
-    # Mail the user the token along with instructions for using it.
-    
-    my $template = $::template;
-    my $vars = $::vars;
-
-    $vars->{'token'} = $token;
-    $vars->{'emailaddress'} = $loginname . &::Param('emailsuffix');
-
-    $vars->{'max_token_age'} = $maxtokenage;
-    $vars->{'token_ts'} = $token_ts;
-
-    my $message = "";
-    $template->process("account/password/forgotten-password.txt.tmpl", 
-                                                               $vars, \$message)
-      || &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-
-    open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
-    print SENDMAIL $message;
-    close SENDMAIL;
-
-}
-
-
-sub CleanTokenTable {
-    &::SendSQL("LOCK TABLES tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-    if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-        &::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE TO_DAYS(NOW()) - TO_DAYS(issuedate) >= " . $maxtokenage);
-    } elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
-        &::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE now() - issuedate >= '$maxtokenage days'");
-    }
-    &::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-}
-
-
-sub GenerateUniqueToken {
-    # Generates a unique random token.  Uses &GenerateRandomPassword 
-    # for the tokens themselves and checks uniqueness by searching for
-    # the token in the "tokens" table.  Gives up if it can't come up
-    # with a token after about one hundred tries.
-
-    my $token;
-    my $duplicate = 1;
-    my $tries = 0;
-    while ($duplicate) {
-
-        ++$tries;
-        if ($tries > 100) {
-            &::DisplayError("Something is seriously wrong with the token generation system.");
-            exit;
-        }
-
-        $token = &::GenerateRandomPassword();
-        &::SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM tokens WHERE token = " . &::SqlQuote($token));
-        $duplicate = &::FetchSQLData();
-    }
-
-    return $token;
-
-}
-
-
-sub Cancel {
-    # Cancels a previously issued token and notifies the system administrator.
-    # This should only happen when the user accidentally makes a token request
-    # or when a malicious hacker makes a token request on behalf of a user.
-    
-    my ($token, $cancelaction) = @_;
-
-    # Quote the token for inclusion in SQL statements.
-    my $quotedtoken = &::SqlQuote($token);
-    
-    # Get information about the token being cancelled.
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT  issuedate , tokentype , eventdata , login_name , realname
-                FROM    tokens, profiles 
-                WHERE   tokens.userid = profiles.userid
-                AND     token = $quotedtoken");
-    my ($issuedate, $tokentype, $eventdata, $loginname, $realname) = &::FetchSQLData();
-
-    # Get the email address of the Bugzilla maintainer.
-    my $maintainer = &::Param('maintainer');
-
-    # Format the user's real name and email address into a single string.
-    my $username = $realname ? $realname . " <" . $loginname . ">" : $loginname;
-
-    my $template = $::template;
-    my $vars = $::vars;
-
-    $vars->{'emailaddress'} = $username;
-    $vars->{'maintainer'} = $maintainer;
-    $vars->{'remoteaddress'} = $::ENV{'REMOTE_ADDR'};
-    $vars->{'token'} = $token;
-    $vars->{'tokentype'} = $tokentype;
-    $vars->{'issuedate'} = $issuedate;
-    $vars->{'eventdata'} = $eventdata;
-    $vars->{'cancelaction'} = $cancelaction;
-
-    # Notify the user via email about the cancellation.
-
-    my $message;
-    $template->process("account/cancel-token.txt.tmpl", $vars, \$message)
-      || &::ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-
-    open SENDMAIL, "|/usr/lib/sendmail -t -i";
-    print SENDMAIL $message;
-    close SENDMAIL;
-
-    # Delete the token from the database.
-    &::SendSQL("LOCK TABLE tokens WRITE") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-    &::SendSQL("DELETE FROM tokens WHERE token = $quotedtoken");
-    &::SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES") if $::driver eq 'mysql';
-}
-
-sub HasPasswordToken {
-    # Returns a password token if the user has one.
-    
-    my ($userid) = @_;
-    
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT token FROM tokens 
-                WHERE userid = $userid AND tokentype = 'password' LIMIT 1");
-    my ($token) = &::FetchSQLData();
-    
-    return $token;
-}
-
-sub HasEmailChangeToken {
-    # Returns an email change token if the user has one. 
-    
-    my ($userid) = @_;
-    
-    &::SendSQL("SELECT token FROM tokens 
-                 WHERE userid = $userid 
-                   AND tokentype = 'emailnew' 
-                    OR tokentype = 'emailold' LIMIT 1");
-    my ($token) = &::FetchSQLData();
-    
-    return $token;
-}
-
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/UPGRADING

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Please consult The Bugzilla Guide for instructions on how to upgrade
-Bugzilla from an older version.  The Guide can be found with this
-distribution, in docs/html, docs/txt, and docs/sgml.

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/UPGRADING-pre-2.8

@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-This file contains only important changes made to Bugzilla before release
-2.8.  If you are upgrading from version older than 2.8, please read this file.
-If you are upgrading from 2.8 or newer, please read the Installation and
-Upgrade instructions in The Bugzilla Guide, found with this distribution in
-docs/html, docs/txt, and docs/sgml.
-
-For a complete list of what changes, use Bonsai
-(http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bonsai/cvsqueryform.cgi) to
-query the CVS tree.  For example,
-
-    http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bonsai/cvsquery.cgi?module=all&branch=HEAD&branchtype=match&dir=mozilla%2Fwebtools%2Fbugzilla&file=&filetype=match&who=&whotype=match&sortby=Date&hours=2&date=week&mindate=&maxdate=&cvsroot=%2Fcvsroot 
-
-will tell you what has been changed in the last week.
-
-
-10/12/99 The CHANGES file is now obsolete!  There is a new file called
-checksetup.pl.  You should get in the habit of running that file every time
-you update your installation of Bugzilla.  That file will be constantly 
-updated to automatically update your installation to match any code changes.
-If you're curious as to what is going on, changes are commented in that file, 
-at the end.
-
-Many thanks to Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@nikocity.de> for writing this
-script!
-
-
-
-10/11/99 Restructured voting database to add a cached value in each
-bug recording how many total votes that bug has.  While I'm at it, I
-removed the unused "area" field from the bugs database.  It is
-distressing to realize that the bugs table has reached the maximum
-number of indices allowed by MySQL (16), which may make future
-enhancements awkward.
-
-You must feed the following to MySQL:
-
-	alter table bugs drop column area;
-	alter table bugs add column votes mediumint not null, add index (votes);
-
-You then *must* delete the data/versioncache file when you make this
-change, as it contains references to the "area" field.  Deleting it is safe,
-bugzilla will correctly regenerate it.
-
-If you have been using the voting feature at all, then you will then
-need to update the voting cache.  You can do this by visiting the
-sanitycheck.cgi page, and taking it up on its offer to rebuild the
-votes stuff.
-
-
-10/7/99 Added voting ability.  You must run the new script
-"makevotestable.sh".  You must also feed the following to mysql:
-
-	alter table products add column votesperuser smallint not null;
-
-
-
-9/15/99 Apparently, newer alphas of MySQL won't allow you to have
-"when" as a column name.  So, I have had to rename a column in the
-bugs_activity table.  You must feed the below to mysql or you won't
-work at all.
-
-	alter table bugs_activity change column when bug_when datetime not null;
-
-
-8/16/99 Added "OpenVMS" to the list of OS's. Feed this to mysql:
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "BeOS", "OpenVMS", "other") not null;
-
-6/22/99 Added an entry to the attachments table to record who the submitter
-was.  Nothing uses this yet, but it still should be recorded.
-
-	alter table attachments add column submitter_id mediumint not null;
-
-You should also run this script to populate the new field:
-
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-require "globals.pl";
-$|=1;
-ConnectToDatabase();
-SendSQL("select bug_id, attach_id from attachments order by bug_id");
-my @list;
-while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    my @row = FetchSQLData();
-    push(@list, \@row);
-}
-foreach my $ref (@list) {
-    my ($bug, $attach) = (@$ref);
-    SendSQL("select long_desc from bugs where bug_id = $bug");
-    my $comment = FetchOneColumn() . "Created an attachment (id=$attach)";
-
-    if ($comment =~ m@-* Additional Comments From ([^ ]*)[- 0-9/:]*\nCreated an attachment \(id=$attach\)@) {
-	print "Found $1\n";
-	SendSQL("select userid from profiles where login_name=" .
-		SqlQuote($1));
-	my $userid = FetchOneColumn();
-	if (defined $userid && $userid > 0) {
-	    SendSQL("update attachments set submitter_id=$userid where attach_id = $attach");
-	}
-    } else {
-	print "Bug $bug can't find comment for attachment $attach\n";
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-
-6/14/99 Added "BeOS" to the list of OS's. Feed this to mysql:
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "BeOS", "other") not null;
-
-
-5/27/99 Added support for dependency information.  You must run the new
-"makedependenciestable.sh" script.  You can turn off dependencies with the new
-"usedependencies" param, but it defaults to being on.  Also, read very
-carefully the description for the new "webdotbase" param; you will almost
-certainly need to tweak it.
-
-
-5/24/99 Added "Mac System 8.6" and "Neutrino" to the list of OS's.
-Feed this to mysql:
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "Mac System 8.6", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "Neutrino", "OS/2", "other") not null;
-
-
-5/12/99 Added a pref to control how much email you get.  This needs a new
-column in the profiles table, so feed the following to mysql:
-
-	alter table profiles add column emailnotification enum("ExcludeSelfChanges", "CConly", "All") not null default "ExcludeSelfChanges";
-
-5/5/99 Added the ability to search by creation date.  To make this perform
-well, you ought to do the following:
-
-	alter table bugs change column creation_ts creation_ts datetime not null, add index (creation_ts);
-
-
-4/30/99 Added a new severity, "blocker".  To get this into your running
-Bugzilla, do the following:
-
-	alter table bugs change column bug_severity bug_severity enum("blocker", "critical", "major", "normal", "minor", "trivial", "enhancement") not null;
-
-
-4/22/99 There was a bug where the long descriptions of bugs had a variety of
-newline characters at the end, depending on the operating system of the browser
-that submitted the text.  This bug has been fixed, so that no further changes
-like that will happen.  But to fix problems that have already crept into your
-database, you can run the following perl script (which is slow and ugly, but
-does work:)
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-require "globals.pl";
-$|=1;
-ConnectToDatabase();
-SendSQL("select bug_id from bugs order by bug_id");
-my @list;
-while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    push(@list, FetchOneColumn());
-}
-foreach my $id (@list) {
-    if ($id % 50 == 0) {
-	print "\n$id ";
-    }
-    SendSQL("select long_desc from bugs where bug_id = $id");
-    my $comment = FetchOneColumn();
-    my $orig = $comment;
-    $comment =~ s/\r\n/\n/g;     # Get rid of windows-style line endings.
-    $comment =~ s/\r/\n/g;       # Get rid of mac-style line endings.
-    if ($comment ne $orig) {
-	SendSQL("update bugs set long_desc = " . SqlQuote($comment) .
-		" where bug_id = $id");
-	print ".";
-    } else {
-	print "-";
-    }
-}
-
-
-
-4/8/99 Added ability to store patches with bugs.  This requires a new table
-to store the data, so you will need to run the "makeattachmenttable.sh" script.
-
-3/25/99 Unfortunately, the HTML::FromText CPAN module had too many bugs, and
-so I had to roll my own.  We no longer use the HTML::FromText CPAN module.
-
-3/24/99 (This entry has been removed.  It used to say that we required the
-HTML::FromText CPAN module, but that's no longer true.)
-
-3/22/99 Added the ability to query by fields which have changed within a date
-range.  To make this perform a bit better, we need a new index:
-
-	alter table bugs_activity add index (field);
-
-3/10/99 Added 'groups' stuff, where we have different group bits that we can
-put on a person or on a bug.  Some of the group bits control access to bugzilla
-features.  And a person can't access a bug unless he has every group bit set
-that is also set on the bug.  See the comments in makegroupstable.sh for a bit
-more info.
-
-The 'maintainer' param is now used only as an email address for people to send
-complaints to.  The groups table is what is now used to determine permissions.
-
-You will need to run the new script "makegroupstable.sh".  And then you need to
-feed the following lines to MySQL (replace XXX with the login name of the
-maintainer, the person you wish to be all-powerful).
-
-	alter table bugs add column groupset bigint not null;
-	alter table profiles add column groupset bigint not null;
-	update profiles set groupset=0x7fffffffffffffff where login_name = XXX;
-
-
-
-3/8/99 Added params to control how priorities are set in a new bug.  You can
-now choose whether to let submitters of new bugs choose a priority, or whether
-they should just accept the default priority (which is now no longer hardcoded
-to "P2", but is instead a param.)  The default value of the params will cause
-the same behavior as before.
-
-3/3/99 Added a "disallownew" field to the products table.  If non-zero, then
-don't let people file new bugs against this product.  (This is for when a 
-product is retired, but you want to keep the bug reports around for posterity.)
-Feed this to MySQL:
-
-	alter table products add column disallownew tinyint not null;
-
-
-2/8/99 Added FreeBSD to the list of OS's.  Feed this to MySQL:
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "FreeBSD", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "OS/2", "other") not null;
-
-
-2/4/99 Added a new column "description" to the components table, and added 
-links to a new page which will use this to describe the components of a 
-given product.  Feed this to MySQL:
-
-	alter table components add column description mediumtext not null;
-
-
-2/3/99 Added a new column "initialqacontact" to the components table that gives
-an initial QA contact field.  It may be empty if you wish the initial qa
-contact to be empty.  If you're not using the QA contact field, you don't need
-to add this column, but you might as well be safe and add it anyway:
-
-	alter table components add column initialqacontact tinytext not null;
-
-
-2/2/99 Added a new column "milestoneurl" to the products table that gives a URL
-which is to describe the currently defined milestones for a product.  If you
-don't use target milestone, you might be able to get away without adding this
-column, but you might as well be safe and add it anyway:
-
-	alter table products add column milestoneurl tinytext not null;
-
-
-1/29/99 Whoops; had a misspelled op_sys.  It was "Mac System 7.1.6"; it should
-be "Mac System 7.6.1".  It turns out I had no bugs with this value set, so I
-could just do the below simple command.  If you have bugs with this value, you
-may need to do something more complicated.
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.6.1", "Mac System 8.0", "Mac System 8.5", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "OS/2", "other") not null;
-
-
-
-1/20/99 Added new fields: Target Milestone, QA Contact, and Status Whiteboard.
-These fields are all optional in the UI; there are parameters to turn them on.
-However, whether or not you use them, the fields need to be in the DB.  There
-is some code that needs them, even if you don't.
-
-To update your DB to have these fields, send the following to MySQL:
-
-        alter table bugs add column target_milestone varchar(20) not null,
-                add column qa_contact mediumint not null,
-                add column status_whiteboard mediumtext not null,
-                add index (target_milestone), add index (qa_contact);
-
-
-
-1/18/99 You can now query by CC.  To make this perform reasonably, the CC table
-needs some indices.  The following MySQL does the necessary stuff:
-
-	alter table cc add index (bug_id), add index (who);
-
-
-1/15/99 The op_sys field can now be queried by (and more easily tweaked).
-To make this perform reasonably, it needs an index.  The following MySQL 
-command will create the necessary index:
-
-	alter table bugs add index (op_sys);
-
-
-12/2/98 The op_sys and rep_platform fields have been tweaked.  op_sys
-is now an enum, rather than having the legal values all hard-coded in
-perl.  rep_platform now no longer allows a value of "X-Windows".
-
-Here's how I ported to the new world.  This ought to work for you too.
-Actually, it's probably overkill.  I had a lot of illegal values for op_sys
-in my tables, from importing bugs from strange places.  If you haven't done 
-anything funky, then much of the below will be a no-op.
-
-First, send the following commands to MySQL to make sure all your values for
-rep_platform and op_sys are legal in the new world..
-
-	update bugs set rep_platform="Sun" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys like "Solaris%";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="SGI" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "IRIX";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="SGI" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "HP-UX";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="DEC" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "OSF/1";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="PC" where rep_platform="X-Windows" and op_sys = "Linux";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="other" where rep_platform="X-Windows";
-	update bugs set rep_platform="other" where rep_platform="";
-	update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 7" where op_sys="System 7";
-	update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 7.5" where op_sys="System 7.5";
-	update bugs set op_sys="Mac System 8.0" where op_sys="8.0";
-	update bugs set op_sys="OSF/1" where op_sys="Digital Unix 4.0";
-	update bugs set op_sys="IRIX" where op_sys like "IRIX %";
-	update bugs set op_sys="HP-UX" where op_sys like "HP-UX %";
-	update bugs set op_sys="Windows NT" where op_sys like "NT %";
-	update bugs set op_sys="OSF/1" where op_sys like "OSF/1 %";
-	update bugs set op_sys="Solaris" where op_sys like "Solaris %";
-	update bugs set op_sys="SunOS" where op_sys like "SunOS%";
-	update bugs set op_sys="other" where op_sys = "Motif";
-	update bugs set op_sys="other" where op_sys = "Other";
-
-Next, send the following commands to make sure you now have only legal
-entries in your table.  If either of the queries do not come up empty, then
-you have to do more stuff like the above.
-
-	select bug_id,op_sys,rep_platform from bugs where rep_platform not regexp "^(All|DEC|HP|Macintosh|PC|SGI|Sun|X-Windows|Other)$";
-	select bug_id,op_sys,rep_platform from bugs where op_sys not regexp "^(All|Windows 3.1|Windows 95|Windows 98|Windows NT|Mac System 7|Mac System 7.5|Mac System 7.1.6|Mac System 8.0|AIX|BSDI|HP-UX|IRIX|Linux|OSF/1|Solaris|SunOS|other)$";
-
-Finally, once that's all clear, alter the table to make enforce the new legal
-entries:
-
-	alter table bugs change column op_sys op_sys enum("All", "Windows 3.1", "Windows 95", "Windows 98", "Windows NT", "Mac System 7", "Mac System 7.5", "Mac System 7.1.6", "Mac System 8.0", "AIX", "BSDI", "HP-UX", "IRIX", "Linux", "OSF/1", "Solaris", "SunOS", "other") not null, change column rep_platform rep_platform enum("All", "DEC", "HP", "Macintosh", "PC", "SGI", "Sun", "Other");
-
-
-
-
-
-11/20/98 Added searching of CC field.  To better support this, added
-some indexes to the CC table.  You probably want to execute the following
-mysql commands:
-
-	alter table cc add index (bug_id);
-	alter table cc add index (who);
-
-
-10/27/98 security check for legal products in place. bug charts are not
-available as an option if collectstats.pl has never been run. all products 
-get daily stats collected now. README updated: Chart::Base is listed as
-a requirement, instructions for using collectstats.pl included as 
-an optional step. also got silly and added optional quips to bug
-reports. 
-
-10/17/98 modified README installation instructions slightly. 
-
-10/7/98 Added a new table called "products".  Right now, this is used
-only to have a description for each product, and that description is
-only used when initially adding a new bug.  Anyway, you *must* create
-the new table (which you can do by running the new makeproducttable.sh
-script).  If you just leave it empty, things will work much as they
-did before, or you can add descriptions for some or all of your
-products.
-
-
-9/15/98 Everything has been ported to Perl.  NO MORE TCL.  This
-transition should be relatively painless, except for the "params"
-file.  This is the file that contains parameters you've set up on the
-editparams.cgi page.  Before changing to Perl, this was a tcl-syntax
-file, stored in the same directory as the code; after the change to
-Perl, it becomes a perl-syntax file, stored in a subdirectory named
-"data".  See the README file for more details on what version of Perl
-you need.
-
-So, if updating from an older version of Bugzilla, you will need to
-edit data/param, change the email address listed for
-$::param{'maintainer'}, and then go revisit the editparams.cgi page
-and reset all the parameters to your taste.  Fortunately, your old
-params file will still be around, and so you ought to be able to
-cut&paste important bits from there.
-
-Also, note that the "whineatnews" script has changed name (it now has
-an extension of .pl instead of .tcl), so you'll need to change your
-cron job.
-
-And the "comments" file has been moved to the data directory.  Just do
-"cat comments >> data/comments" to restore any old comments that may
-have been lost.
-
-
-
-9/2/98 Changed the way password validation works.  We now keep a
-crypt'd version of the password in the database, and check against
-that.  (This is silly, because we're also keeping the plaintext
-version there, but I have plans...)  Stop passing the plaintext
-password around as a cookie; instead, we have a cookie that references
-a record in a new database table, logincookies.
-
-IMPORTANT: if updating from an older version of Bugzilla, you must run
-the following commands to keep things working:
-
- ./makelogincookiestable.sh
- echo "alter table profiles add column cryptpassword varchar(64);" | mysql bugs
- echo "update profiles set cryptpassword = encrypt(password,substring(rand(),3, 4));" | mysql bugs
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/attachment.cgi

@@ -1,792 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
-
-################################################################################
-# Script Initialization
-################################################################################
-
-# Make it harder for us to do dangerous things in Perl.
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use lib qw(.);
-
-use vars qw(
-  $template
-  $vars
-);
-
-# Include the Bugzilla CGI and general utility library.
-require "CGI.pl";
-
-# Establish a connection to the database backend.
-ConnectToDatabase();
-
-# Check whether or not the user is logged in and, if so, set the $::userid 
-# and $::usergroupset variables.
-quietly_check_login();
-
-################################################################################
-# Main Body Execution
-################################################################################
-
-# All calls to this script should contain an "action" variable whose value
-# determines what the user wants to do.  The code below checks the value of
-# that variable and runs the appropriate code.
-
-# Determine whether to use the action specified by the user or the default.
-my $action = $::FORM{'action'} || 'view';
-
-if ($action eq "view")  
-{ 
-  validateID();
-  view(); 
-}
-elsif ($action eq "viewall") 
-{ 
-  ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'});
-  viewall(); 
-}
-elsif ($action eq "enter") 
-{ 
-  confirm_login();
-  ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'});
-  enter(); 
-}
-elsif ($action eq "insert")
-{
-  confirm_login();
-  ValidateBugID($::FORM{'bugid'});
-  ValidateComment($::FORM{'comment'});
-  validateFilename();
-  validateData();
-  validateDescription();
-  validateIsPatch();
-  validateContentType() unless $::FORM{'ispatch'};
-  validateObsolete() if $::FORM{'obsolete'};
-  insert();
-}
-elsif ($action eq "edit") 
-{ 
-  quietly_check_login();
-  validateID();
-  validateCanEdit($::FORM{'id'});
-  edit(); 
-}
-elsif ($action eq "update") 
-{ 
-  confirm_login();
-  ValidateComment($::FORM{'comment'});
-  validateID();
-  validateCanEdit($::FORM{'id'});
-  validateDescription();
-  validateIsPatch();
-  validateContentType() unless $::FORM{'ispatch'};
-  validateIsObsolete();
-  validateStatuses();
-  update();
-}
-else 
-{ 
-  DisplayError("I could not figure out what you wanted to do.")
-}
-
-exit;
-
-################################################################################
-# Data Validation / Security Authorization
-################################################################################
-
-sub validateID
-{
-  # Validate the value of the "id" form field, which must contain an
-  # integer that is the ID of an existing attachment.
-
-  detaint_natural($::FORM{'id'})
-    || DisplayError("You did not enter a valid attachment number.") 
-      && exit;
-  
-  # Make sure the attachment exists in the database.
-  SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  MoreSQLData()
-    || DisplayError("Attachment #$::FORM{'id'} does not exist.") 
-    && exit;
-
-  # Make sure the user is authorized to access this attachment's bug.
-  my ($bugid) = FetchSQLData();
-  ValidateBugID($bugid);
-}
-
-sub validateCanEdit
-{
-    my ($attach_id) = (@_);
-
-    # If the user is not logged in, claim that they can edit. This allows
-    # the edit scrren to be displayed to people who aren't logged in.
-    # People not logged in can't actually commit changes, because that code
-    # calls confirm_login, not quietly_check_login, before calling this sub
-    return if $::userid == 0;
-
-    # People in editbugs can edit all attachments
-    return if UserInGroup("editbugs");
-
-    # Bug 97729 - the submitter can edit their attachments
-    SendSQL("SELECT attach_id FROM attachments WHERE " .
-            "attach_id = $attach_id AND submitter_id = $::userid");
-
-    FetchSQLData()
-      || DisplayError("You are not authorised to edit attachment #$attach_id")
-      && exit;
-}
-
-sub validateDescription
-{
-  $::FORM{'description'}
-    || DisplayError("You must enter a description for the attachment.")
-      && exit;
-}
-
-sub validateIsPatch
-{
-  # Set the ispatch flag to zero if it is undefined, since the UI uses
-  # an HTML checkbox to represent this flag, and unchecked HTML checkboxes
-  # do not get sent in HTML requests.
-  $::FORM{'ispatch'} = $::FORM{'ispatch'} ? 1 : 0;
-
-  # Set the content type to text/plain if the attachment is a patch.
-  $::FORM{'contenttype'} = "text/plain" if $::FORM{'ispatch'};
-}
-
-sub validateContentType
-{
-  if (!$::FORM{'contenttypemethod'})
-  {
-    DisplayError("You must choose a method for determining the content type,
-      either <em>auto-detect</em>, <em>select from list</em>, or <em>enter 
-      manually</em>.");
-    exit;
-  }
-  elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'autodetect')
-  {
-    # The user asked us to auto-detect the content type, so use the type
-    # specified in the HTTP request headers.
-    if ( !$::FILE{'data'}->{'contenttype'} )
-    {
-      DisplayError("You asked Bugzilla to auto-detect the content type, but
-        your browser did not specify a content type when uploading the file, 
-        so you must enter a content type manually.");
-      exit;
-    }
-    $::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FILE{'data'}->{'contenttype'};
-  }
-  elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'list')
-  {
-    # The user selected a content type from the list, so use their selection.
-    $::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttypeselection'};
-  }
-  elsif ($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'} eq 'manual')
-  {
-    # The user entered a content type manually, so use their entry.
-    $::FORM{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttypeentry'};
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    my $htmlcontenttypemethod = html_quote($::FORM{'contenttypemethod'});
-    DisplayError("Your form submission got corrupted somehow.  The <em>content
-      method</em> field, which specifies how the content type gets determined,
-      should have been either <em>autodetect</em>, <em>list</em>, 
-      or <em>manual</em>, but was instead <em>$htmlcontenttypemethod</em>.");
-    exit;
-  }
-
-  if ( $::FORM{'contenttype'} !~ /^(application|audio|image|message|model|multipart|text|video)\/.+$/ )
-  {
-    my $htmlcontenttype = html_quote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
-    DisplayError("The content type <em>$htmlcontenttype</em> is invalid.
-      Valid types must be of the form <em>foo/bar</em> where <em>foo</em> 
-      is either <em>application, audio, image, message, model, multipart, 
-      text,</em> or <em>video</em>.");
-    exit;
-  }
-}
-
-sub validateIsObsolete
-{
-  # Set the isobsolete flag to zero if it is undefined, since the UI uses
-  # an HTML checkbox to represent this flag, and unchecked HTML checkboxes
-  # do not get sent in HTML requests.
-  $::FORM{'isobsolete'} = $::FORM{'isobsolete'} ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-sub validateStatuses
-{
-  # Get a list of attachment statuses that are valid for this attachment.
-  PushGlobalSQLState();
-  SendSQL("SELECT  attachstatusdefs.id
-           FROM    attachments, bugs, attachstatusdefs
-           WHERE   attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
-           AND     attachments.bug_id = bugs.bug_id
-           AND     attachstatusdefs.product = bugs.product");
-  my @statusdefs;
-  push(@statusdefs, FetchSQLData()) while MoreSQLData();
-  PopGlobalSQLState();
-  
-  foreach my $status (@{$::MFORM{'status'}})
-  {
-    grep($_ == $status, @statusdefs)
-      || DisplayError("One of the statuses you entered is not a valid status
-                       for this attachment.")
-        && exit;
-    # We have tested that the status is valid, so it can be detainted
-    detaint_natural($status);
-  }
-}
-
-sub validateData
-{
-  $::FORM{'data'}
-    || DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is empty!")
-      && exit;
-
-  my $len = length($::FORM{'data'});
-
-  my $maxpatchsize = Param('maxpatchsize');
-  my $maxattachmentsize = Param('maxattachmentsize');
-  
-  # Makes sure the attachment does not exceed either the "maxpatchsize" or 
-  # the "maxattachmentsize" parameter.
-  if ( $::FORM{'ispatch'} && $maxpatchsize && $len > $maxpatchsize*1024 )
-  {
-    my $lenkb = sprintf("%.0f", $len/1024);
-    DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is ${lenkb} kilobytes (KB) in size.  
-                  Patches cannot be more than ${maxpatchsize}KB in size.
-                  Try breaking your patch into several pieces.");
-    exit;
-  } elsif ( !$::FORM{'ispatch'} && $maxattachmentsize && $len > $maxattachmentsize*1024 ) {
-    my $lenkb = sprintf("%.0f", $len/1024);
-    DisplayError("The file you are trying to attach is ${lenkb} kilobytes (KB) in size.  
-                  Non-patch attachments cannot be more than ${maxattachmentsize}KB.
-                  If your attachment is an image, try converting it to a compressable
-                  format like JPG or PNG, or put it elsewhere on the web and
-                  link to it from the bug's URL field or in a comment on the bug.");
-    exit;
-  }
-}
-
-sub validateFilename
-{
-  defined $::FILE{'data'}
-    || DisplayError("You did not specify a file to attach.")
-      && exit;
-}
-
-sub validateObsolete
-{
-  # Make sure the attachment id is valid and the user has permissions to view
-  # the bug to which it is attached.
-  foreach my $attachid (@{$::MFORM{'obsolete'}}) {
-    detaint_natural($attachid)
-      || DisplayError("The attachment number of one of the attachments 
-           you wanted to obsolete is invalid.") 
-        && exit;
-  
-    SendSQL("SELECT bug_id, isobsolete, description 
-             FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $attachid");
-
-    # Make sure the attachment exists in the database.
-    MoreSQLData()
-      || DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid does not exist.") 
-        && exit;
-
-    my ($bugid, $isobsolete, $description) = FetchSQLData();
-
-    if ($bugid != $::FORM{'bugid'})
-    {
-      $description = html_quote($description);
-      DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid ($description) is attached 
-        to bug #$bugid, but you tried to flag it as obsolete while
-        creating a new attachment to bug #$::FORM{'bugid'}.");
-      exit;
-    }
-
-    if ( $isobsolete )
-    {
-      $description = html_quote($description);
-      DisplayError("Attachment #$attachid ($description) is already obsolete.");
-      exit;
-    }
-
-    # Check that the user can modify this attachment
-    validateCanEdit($attachid);
-  }
-
-}
-
-################################################################################
-# Functions
-################################################################################
-
-sub view
-{
-  # Display an attachment.
-
-  # Retrieve the attachment content and its content type from the database.
-  SendSQL("SELECT mimetype, thedata FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  my ($contenttype, $thedata) = FetchSQLData();
-    
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: $contenttype\n\n";
-
-  print $thedata;
-}
-
-
-sub viewall
-{
-  # Display all attachments for a given bug in a series of IFRAMEs within one HTML page.
-
-  # Retrieve the attachments from the database and write them into an array
-  # of hashes where each hash represents one attachment.
-  SendSQL("SELECT attach_id, creation_ts, mimetype, description, ispatch, isobsolete 
-           FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'} ORDER BY attach_id");
-  my @attachments; # the attachments array
-  while (MoreSQLData())
-  {
-    my %a; # the attachment hash
-    ($a{'attachid'}, $a{'date'}, $a{'contenttype'}, 
-     $a{'description'}, $a{'ispatch'}, $a{'isobsolete'}) = FetchSQLData();
-
-    # Format the attachment's creation/modification date into something readable.
-    if ($a{'date'} =~ /^(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)(\d\d)$/) {
-        $a{'date'} = "$3/$4/$2&nbsp;$5:$6";
-    }
-
-    # Flag attachments as to whether or not they can be viewed (as opposed to
-    # being downloaded).  Currently I decide they are viewable if their MIME type 
-    # is either text/*, image/*, or application/vnd.mozilla.*.
-    # !!! Yuck, what an ugly hack.  Fix it!
-    $a{'isviewable'} = ( $a{'contenttype'} =~ /^(text|image|application\/vnd\.mozilla\.)/ );
-
-    # Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
-    PushGlobalSQLState();
-    SendSQL("SELECT    name 
-             FROM      attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs 
-             WHERE     attach_id = $a{'attachid'} 
-             AND       attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
-             ORDER BY  sortkey");
-    my @statuses;
-    push(@statuses, FetchSQLData()) while MoreSQLData();
-    $a{'statuses'} = \@statuses;
-    PopGlobalSQLState();
-
-    # Add the hash representing the attachment to the array of attachments.
-    push @attachments, \%a;
-  }
-
-  # Retrieve the bug summary for displaying on screen.
-  SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}");
-  my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
-
-  # Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
-  $vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
-  $vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary;
-  $vars->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
-
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-  # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-  $template->process("attachment/show-multiple.html.tmpl", $vars)
-    || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}
-
-
-sub enter
-{
-  # Display a form for entering a new attachment.
-
-  # Retrieve the attachments the user can edit from the database and write
-  # them into an array of hashes where each hash represents one attachment.
-  my $canEdit = "";
-  if (!UserInGroup("editbugs")) {
-      $canEdit = "AND submitter_id = $::userid";
-  }
-  SendSQL("SELECT attach_id, description 
-           FROM attachments
-           WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}
-           AND isobsolete = 0 $canEdit
-           ORDER BY attach_id");
-  my @attachments; # the attachments array
-  while ( MoreSQLData() ) {
-    my %a; # the attachment hash
-    ($a{'id'}, $a{'description'}) = FetchSQLData();
-
-    # Add the hash representing the attachment to the array of attachments.
-    push @attachments, \%a;
-  }
-
-  # Retrieve the bug summary for displaying on screen.
-  SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $::FORM{'bugid'}");
-  my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
-
-  # Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
-  $vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
-  $vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary;
-  $vars->{'attachments'} = \@attachments;
-
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-  # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-  $template->process("attachment/create.html.tmpl", $vars)
-    || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}
-
-
-sub insert
-{
-  # Insert a new attachment into the database.
-
-  # Escape characters in strings that will be used in SQL statements.
-  my $filename = SqlQuote($::FILE{'data'}->{'filename'});
-  my $description = SqlQuote($::FORM{'description'});
-  my $contenttype = SqlQuote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
-  my $thedata = SqlQuote($::FORM{'data'});
-
-  # Insert the attachment into the database.
-  SendSQL("INSERT INTO attachments (bug_id, filename, description, mimetype, ispatch, submitter_id, thedata) 
-           VALUES ($::FORM{'bugid'}, $filename, $description, $contenttype, $::FORM{'ispatch'}, $::userid, $thedata)");
-
-  # Retrieve the ID of the newly created attachment record.
-  SendSQL("SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID()");
-  my $attachid = FetchOneColumn();
-
-  # Insert a comment about the new attachment into the database.
-  my $comment = "Created an attachment (id=$attachid)\n$::FORM{'description'}\n";
-  $comment .= ("\n" . $::FORM{'comment'}) if $::FORM{'comment'};
-
-  use Text::Wrap;
-  $Text::Wrap::columns = 80;
-  $Text::Wrap::huge = 'overflow';
-  $comment = Text::Wrap::wrap('', '', $comment);
-
-  AppendComment($::FORM{'bugid'}, 
-                $::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"},
-                $comment);
-
-  # Make existing attachments obsolete.
-  my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.isobsolete');
-  foreach my $attachid (@{$::MFORM{'obsolete'}}) {
-    SendSQL("UPDATE attachments SET isobsolete = 1 WHERE attach_id = $attachid");
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($::FORM{'bugid'}, $attachid, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, '0', '1')");
-  }
-
-  # Send mail to let people know the attachment has been created.  Uses a 
-  # special syntax of the "open" and "exec" commands to capture the output of 
-  # "processmail", which "system" doesn't allow, without running the command 
-  # through a shell, which backticks (``) do.
-  #system ("./processmail", $bugid , $::userid);
-  #my $mailresults = `./processmail $bugid $::userid`;
-  my $mailresults = '';
-  open(PMAIL, "-|") or exec('./processmail', $::FORM{'bugid'}, $::COOKIE{'Bugzilla_login'});
-  $mailresults .= $_ while <PMAIL>;
-  close(PMAIL);
- 
-  # Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
-  $vars->{'bugid'} = $::FORM{'bugid'};
-  $vars->{'attachid'} = $attachid;
-  $vars->{'description'} = $description;
-  $vars->{'mailresults'} = $mailresults;
-  $vars->{'contenttypemethod'} = $::FORM{'contenttypemethod'};
-  $vars->{'contenttype'} = $::FORM{'contenttype'};
-
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-  # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-  $template->process("attachment/created.html.tmpl", $vars)
-    || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}
-
-
-sub edit
-{
-  # Edit an attachment record.  Users with "editbugs" privileges, (or the 
-  # original attachment's submitter) can edit the attachment's description,
-  # content type, ispatch and isobsolete flags, and statuses, and they can
-  # also submit a comment that appears in the bug.
-  # Users cannot edit the content of the attachment itself.
-
-  # Retrieve the attachment from the database.
-  SendSQL("SELECT description, mimetype, bug_id, ispatch, isobsolete 
-           FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  my ($description, $contenttype, $bugid, $ispatch, $isobsolete) = FetchSQLData();
-
-  # Flag attachment as to whether or not it can be viewed (as opposed to
-  # being downloaded).  Currently I decide it is viewable if its content
-  # type is either text/.* or application/vnd.mozilla.*.
-  # !!! Yuck, what an ugly hack.  Fix it!
-  my $isviewable = ( $contenttype =~ /^(text|image|application\/vnd\.mozilla\.)/ );
-
-  # Retrieve a list of status flags that have been set on the attachment.
-  my %statuses;
-  SendSQL("SELECT  id, name 
-           FROM    attachstatuses JOIN attachstatusdefs 
-           WHERE   attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id 
-           AND     attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  while ( my ($id, $name) = FetchSQLData() )
-  {
-    $statuses{$id} = $name;
-  }
-
-  # Retrieve a list of statuses for this bug's product, and build an array 
-  # of hashes in which each hash is a status flag record.
-  # ???: Move this into versioncache or its own routine?
-  my @statusdefs;
-  SendSQL("SELECT   id, name 
-           FROM     attachstatusdefs, bugs 
-           WHERE    bug_id = $bugid 
-           AND      attachstatusdefs.product = bugs.product 
-           ORDER BY sortkey");
-  while ( MoreSQLData() )
-  {
-    my ($id, $name) = FetchSQLData();
-    push @statusdefs, { 'id' => $id , 'name' => $name };
-  }
-
-  # Retrieve a list of attachments for this bug as well as a summary of the bug
-  # to use in a navigation bar across the top of the screen.
-  SendSQL("SELECT attach_id FROM attachments WHERE bug_id = $bugid ORDER BY attach_id");
-  my @bugattachments;
-  push(@bugattachments, FetchSQLData()) while (MoreSQLData());
-  SendSQL("SELECT short_desc FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $bugid");
-  my ($bugsummary) = FetchSQLData();
-
-  # Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
-  $vars->{'attachid'} = $::FORM{'id'}; 
-  $vars->{'description'} = $description; 
-  $vars->{'contenttype'} = $contenttype; 
-  $vars->{'bugid'} = $bugid; 
-  $vars->{'bugsummary'} = $bugsummary; 
-  $vars->{'ispatch'} = $ispatch; 
-  $vars->{'isobsolete'} = $isobsolete; 
-  $vars->{'isviewable'} = $isviewable; 
-  $vars->{'statuses'} = \%statuses; 
-  $vars->{'statusdefs'} = \@statusdefs; 
-  $vars->{'attachments'} = \@bugattachments; 
-
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-  # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-  $template->process("attachment/edit.html.tmpl", $vars)
-    || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}
-
-
-sub update 
-{
-  # Update an attachment record.
-
-  # Get the bug ID for the bug to which this attachment is attached.
-  SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  my $bugid = FetchSQLData() 
-    || DisplayError("Cannot figure out bug number.")
-    && exit;
-
-  # Lock database tables in preparation for updating the attachment.
-  if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-    SendSQL("LOCK TABLES attachments WRITE , attachstatuses WRITE , 
-             attachstatusdefs READ , fielddefs READ , bugs_activity WRITE");
-  }
-
-  # Get a copy of the attachment record before we make changes
-  # so we can record those changes in the activity table.
-  SendSQL("SELECT description, mimetype, ispatch, isobsolete 
-           FROM attachments WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  my ($olddescription, $oldcontenttype, $oldispatch, $oldisobsolete) = FetchSQLData();
-
-  # Get the list of old status flags.
-  SendSQL("SELECT    attachstatusdefs.name 
-           FROM      attachments, attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
-           WHERE     attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
-           AND       attachments.attach_id = attachstatuses.attach_id
-           AND       attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
-           ORDER BY  attachstatusdefs.sortkey
-          ");
-  my @oldstatuses;
-  while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    push(@oldstatuses, FetchSQLData());
-  }
-  my $oldstatuslist = join(', ', @oldstatuses);
-
-  # Update the database with the new status flags.
-  SendSQL("DELETE FROM attachstatuses WHERE attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}");
-  foreach my $statusid (@{$::MFORM{'status'}}) 
-  {
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO attachstatuses (attach_id, statusid) VALUES ($::FORM{'id'}, $statusid)");
-  }
-
-  # Get the list of new status flags.
-  SendSQL("SELECT    attachstatusdefs.name 
-           FROM      attachments, attachstatuses, attachstatusdefs
-           WHERE     attachments.attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
-           AND       attachments.attach_id = attachstatuses.attach_id
-           AND       attachstatuses.statusid = attachstatusdefs.id
-           ORDER BY  attachstatusdefs.sortkey
-          ");
-  my @newstatuses;
-  while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    push(@newstatuses, FetchSQLData());
-  }
-  my $newstatuslist = join(', ', @newstatuses);
-
-  # Quote the description and content type for use in the SQL UPDATE statement.
-  my $quoteddescription = SqlQuote($::FORM{'description'});
-  my $quotedcontenttype = SqlQuote($::FORM{'contenttype'});
-
-  # Update the attachment record in the database.
-  # Sets the creation timestamp to itself to avoid it being updated automatically.
-  SendSQL("UPDATE  attachments 
-           SET     description = $quoteddescription , 
-                   mimetype = $quotedcontenttype , 
-                   ispatch = $::FORM{'ispatch'} , 
-                   isobsolete = $::FORM{'isobsolete'} , 
-                   creation_ts = creation_ts
-           WHERE   attach_id = $::FORM{'id'}
-         ");
-
-  # Record changes in the activity table.
-  if ($olddescription ne $::FORM{'description'}) {
-    my $quotedolddescription = SqlQuote($olddescription);
-    my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.description');
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedolddescription, $quoteddescription)");
-  }
-  if ($oldcontenttype ne $::FORM{'contenttype'}) {
-    my $quotedoldcontenttype = SqlQuote($oldcontenttype);
-    my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.mimetype');
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedoldcontenttype, $quotedcontenttype)");
-  }
-  if ($oldispatch ne $::FORM{'ispatch'}) {
-    my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.ispatch');
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $oldispatch, $::FORM{'ispatch'})");
-  }
-  if ($oldisobsolete ne $::FORM{'isobsolete'}) {
-    my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachments.isobsolete');
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $oldisobsolete, $::FORM{'isobsolete'})");
-  }
-  if ($oldstatuslist ne $newstatuslist) {
-    my ($removed, $added) = DiffStrings($oldstatuslist, $newstatuslist);
-    my $quotedremoved = SqlQuote($removed);
-    my $quotedadded = SqlQuote($added);
-    my $fieldid = GetFieldID('attachstatusdefs.name');
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO bugs_activity (bug_id, attach_id, who, bug_when, fieldid, removed, added) 
-             VALUES ($bugid, $::FORM{'id'}, $::userid, NOW(), $fieldid, $quotedremoved, $quotedadded)");
-  }
-
-  # Unlock all database tables now that we are finished updating the database.
-  if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-    SendSQL("UNLOCK TABLES");
-  }
-
-  # If this installation has enabled the request manager, let the manager know
-  # an attachment was updated so it can check for requests on that attachment
-  # and fulfill them.  The request manager allows users to request database
-  # changes of other users and tracks the fulfillment of those requests.  When
-  # an attachment record is updated and the request manager is called, it will
-  # fulfill those requests that were requested of the user performing the update
-  # which are requests for the attachment being updated.
-  #my $requests;
-  #if (Param('userequestmanager'))
-  #{
-  #  use Request;
-  #  # Specify the fieldnames that have been updated.
-  #  my @fieldnames = ('description', 'mimetype', 'status', 'ispatch', 'isobsolete');
-  #  # Fulfill pending requests.
-  #  $requests = Request::fulfillRequest('attachment', $::FORM{'id'}, @fieldnames);
-  #  $vars->{'requests'} = $requests; 
-  #}
-
-  # If the user submitted a comment while editing the attachment, 
-  # add the comment to the bug.
-  if ( $::FORM{'comment'} )
-  {
-    use Text::Wrap;
-    $Text::Wrap::columns = 80;
-    $Text::Wrap::huge = 'wrap';
-
-    # Append a string to the comment to let users know that the comment came from
-    # the "edit attachment" screen.
-    my $comment = qq|(From update of attachment $::FORM{'id'})\n| . $::FORM{'comment'};
-
-    my $wrappedcomment = "";
-    foreach my $line (split(/\r\n|\r|\n/, $comment))
-    {
-      if ( $line =~ /^>/ )
-      {
-        $wrappedcomment .= $line . "\n";
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        $wrappedcomment .= wrap('', '', $line) . "\n";
-      }
-    }
-
-    # Get the user's login name since the AppendComment function needs it.
-    my $who = DBID_to_name($::userid);
-    # Mention $::userid again so Perl doesn't give me a warning about it.
-    my $neverused = $::userid;
-
-    # Append the comment to the list of comments in the database.
-    AppendComment($bugid, $who, $wrappedcomment);
-
-  }
-
-  # Send mail to let people know the bug has changed.  Uses a special syntax
-  # of the "open" and "exec" commands to capture the output of "processmail",
-  # which "system" doesn't allow, without running the command through a shell,
-  # which backticks (``) do.
-  #system ("./processmail", $bugid , $::userid);
-  #my $mailresults = `./processmail $bugid $::userid`;
-  my $mailresults = '';
-  open(PMAIL, "-|") or exec('./processmail', $bugid, DBID_to_name($::userid));
-  $mailresults .= $_ while <PMAIL>;
-  close(PMAIL);
- 
-  # Define the variables and functions that will be passed to the UI template.
-  $vars->{'attachid'} = $::FORM{'id'}; 
-  $vars->{'bugid'} = $bugid; 
-  $vars->{'mailresults'} = $mailresults; 
-
-  # Return the appropriate HTTP response headers.
-  print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-  # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-  $template->process("attachment/updated.html.tmpl", $vars)
-    || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/bug_form.pl

@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com>
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use RelationSet;
-
-# Use the Attachment module to display attachments for the bug.
-use Attachment;
-
-sub show_bug {    
-    # Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once".  For some reason,
-    # "use vars" chokes on me when I try it here.
-    sub bug_form_pl_sillyness {
-        my $zz;
-        $zz = %::FORM;
-        $zz = %::proddesc;
-        $zz = %::prodmaxvotes;
-        $zz = @::enterable_products;                                            
-        $zz = @::settable_resolution;
-        $zz = $::unconfirmedstate;
-        $zz = $::milestoneurl;
-        $zz = $::template;
-        $zz = $::vars;
-        $zz = @::legal_priority;
-        $zz = @::legal_platform;
-        $zz = @::legal_severity;
-        $zz = @::legal_bug_status;
-        $zz = @::target_milestone;
-        $zz = @::components;
-        $zz = @::legal_keywords;
-        $zz = @::versions;
-        $zz = @::legal_opsys;
-    }
-
-    # Use templates
-    my $template = $::template;
-    my $vars = $::vars;
-    
-    $vars->{'GetBugLink'} = \&GetBugLink;
-    $vars->{'quoteUrls'} = \&quoteUrls,
-    $vars->{'lsearch'} = \&lsearch,
-    $vars->{'header_done'} = (@_),
-
-    quietly_check_login();
-
-    my $id = $::FORM{'id'};
-    
-    if (!defined($id)) {
-      $template->process("bug/choose.html.tmpl", $vars)
-        || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-      exit;
-    }
-    
-    my %user = %{$vars->{'user'}};
-    my %bug;
-
-    # Populate the bug hash with the info we get directly from the DB.
-    my $query = "
-SELECT
-    bugs.bug_id,
-    product,
-    version,
-    rep_platform,
-    op_sys,
-    bug_status,
-    resolution,
-    priority,
-    bug_severity,
-    component,
-    assigned_to,
-    reporter,
-    bug_file_loc,
-    short_desc,
-    target_milestone,
-    qa_contact,
-    status_whiteboard, ";
-
-    if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-        $query .= "
-    date_format(creation_ts, '%Y-%m-%d %H:%i'),
-    groupset,  
-    delta_ts, ";
-    } elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
-        $query .= "
-    TO_CHAR(creation_ts, 'YYYY-MM-DD HH24:MI:SS'),
-    groupset,
-    TO_CHAR(delta_ts, 'YYYYMMDDHH24MISS'), ";
-    }
-
-    $query .= "
-    SUM(votes.count)
-FROM 
-    bugs LEFT JOIN votes USING(bug_id)
-WHERE 
-    bugs.bug_id = $id
-GROUP BY 
-    bugs.bug_id,
-    product,
-    version,
-    rep_platform,
-    op_sys,
-    bug_status,
-    resolution,
-    priority,
-    bug_severity,
-    component,
-    assigned_to,
-    reporter,
-    bug_file_loc,
-    short_desc,
-    target_milestone,
-    qa_contact,
-    status_whiteboard,
-    creation_ts,
-    groupset,
-    delta_ts ";
-
-    SendSQL($query);
-
-    my $value;
-    my @row = FetchSQLData();
-    foreach my $field ("bug_id", "product", "version", "rep_platform",
-                       "op_sys", "bug_status", "resolution", "priority",
-                       "bug_severity", "component", "assigned_to", "reporter",
-                       "bug_file_loc", "short_desc", "target_milestone",
-                       "qa_contact", "status_whiteboard", "creation_ts",
-                       "groupset", "delta_ts", "votes") 
-    {
-        $value = shift(@row);
-        $bug{$field} = defined($value) ? $value : "";
-    }
-
-    # General arrays of info about the database state
-    GetVersionTable();
-
-    # Fiddle the product list.
-    my $seen_curr_prod;
-    my @prodlist;
-    
-    foreach my $product (@::enterable_products) {
-        if ($product eq $bug{'product'}) {
-            # if it's the product the bug is already in, it's ALWAYS in
-            # the popup, period, whether the user can see it or not, and
-            # regardless of the disallownew setting.
-            $seen_curr_prod = 1;
-            push(@prodlist, $product);
-            next;
-        }
-
-        if (Param("usebuggroupsentry")
-          && GroupExists($product)
-          && !UserInGroup($product))
-        {
-            # If we're using bug groups to restrict entry on products, and
-            # this product has a bug group, and the user is not in that
-            # group, we don't want to include that product in this list.
-            next;
-        }
-
-        push(@prodlist, $product);
-    }
-
-    # The current product is part of the popup, even if new bugs are no longer
-    # allowed for that product
-    if (!$seen_curr_prod) {
-        push (@prodlist, $bug{'product'});
-        @prodlist = sort @prodlist;
-    }
-
-    $vars->{'product'} = \@prodlist;
-    $vars->{'rep_platform'} = \@::legal_platform;
-    $vars->{'priority'} = \@::legal_priority;
-    $vars->{'bug_severity'} = \@::legal_severity;
-    $vars->{'op_sys'} = \@::legal_opsys;
-    $vars->{'bug_status'} = \@::legal_bug_status;
-
-    # Hack - this array contains "" for some reason. See bug 106589.
-    shift @::settable_resolution; 
-    $vars->{'resolution'} = \@::settable_resolution;
-
-    $vars->{'component_'} = $::components{$bug{'product'}};
-    $vars->{'version'} = $::versions{$bug{'product'}};
-    $vars->{'target_milestone'} = $::target_milestone{$bug{'product'}};
-    $bug{'milestoneurl'} = $::milestoneurl{$bug{'product'}} || 
-                           "notargetmilestone.html";
-
-    $vars->{'use_votes'} = $::prodmaxvotes{$bug{'product'}};
-
-    # Add additional, calculated fields to the bug hash
-    if (@::legal_keywords) {
-        $vars->{'use_keywords'} = 1;
-
-        SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name 
-                 FROM keyworddefs, keywords
-                 WHERE keywords.bug_id = $id 
-                 AND keyworddefs.id = keywords.keywordid
-                 ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
-        my @keywords;
-        while (MoreSQLData()) {
-            push(@keywords, FetchOneColumn());
-        }
-
-        $bug{'keywords'} = \@keywords;
-    }    
-
-    # Attachments
-    $bug{'attachments'} = Attachment::query($id);
-
-    # Dependencies
-    my @list;
-    SendSQL("SELECT dependson FROM dependencies WHERE  
-             blocked = $id ORDER BY dependson");
-    while (MoreSQLData()) {
-        my ($i) = FetchSQLData();
-        push(@list, $i);
-    }
-
-    $bug{'dependson'} = \@list;
-
-    my @list2;
-    SendSQL("SELECT blocked FROM dependencies WHERE  
-             dependson = $id ORDER BY blocked");
-    while (MoreSQLData()) {
-        my ($i) = FetchSQLData();
-        push(@list2, $i);
-    }
-
-    $bug{'blocked'} = \@list2;
-
-    # Groups
-    my @groups;
-    if ($::usergroupset ne '0' || $bug{'groupset'} ne '0') {      
-        my $bug_groupset = $bug{'groupset'};
-    
-        if ($::driver eq 'mysql') {
-            SendSQL("select bit, name, description, (bit & $bug{'groupset'} != 0), " .
-                    "(bit & $::usergroupset != 0) from groups where isbuggroup != 0 " .
-                    # Include active groups as well as inactive groups to which
-                    # the bug already belongs.  This way the bug can be removed
-                    # from an inactive group but can only be added to active ones.
-                    "and ((isactive = 1 or (bit & $bug{'groupset'} != 0)) or " .
-                    "(bit & $bug{'groupset'} != 0)) " .
-                    "order by description");
-        } elsif ($::driver eq 'Pg') {
-            SendSQL("select group_bit, name, description, (group_bit & int8($bug{'groupset'}) != 0), " .
-                    "(group_bit & int8($::usergroupset) != 0) from groups where isbuggroup != 0 " .
-                    # Include active groups as well as inactive groups to which
-                    # the bug already belongs.  This way the bug can be removed
-                    # from an inactive group but can only be added to active ones.
-                    "and ((isactive = 1 or (group_bit & int8($bug{'groupset'}) != 0)) or " .
-                    "(group_bit & int8($bug{'groupset'}) != 0)) " .
-                    "order by description");
-        }
-
-        $user{'inallgroups'} = 1;
-
-        while (MoreSQLData()) {
-            my ($bit, $name, $description, $ison, $ingroup) = FetchSQLData();
-            # For product groups, we only want to display the checkbox if either
-            # (1) The bit is already set, or
-            # (2) The user is in the group, but either:
-            #     (a) The group is a product group for the current product, or
-            #     (b) The group name isn't a product name
-            # This means that all product groups will be skipped, but 
-            # non-product bug groups will still be displayed.
-            if($ison || 
-               ($ingroup && (($name eq $bug{'product'}) ||
-                             (!defined $::proddesc{$name}))))
-            {
-                $user{'inallgroups'} &= $ingroup;
-
-                push (@groups, { "bit" => $bit,
-                                 "ison" => $ison,
-                                 "ingroup" => $ingroup,
-                                 "description" => $description });            
-            }
-        }
-
-        # If the bug is restricted to a group, display checkboxes that allow
-        # the user to set whether or not the reporter 
-        # and cc list can see the bug even if they are not members of all 
-        # groups to which the bug is restricted.
-        if ($bug{'groupset'} != 0) {
-            $bug{'inagroup'} = 1;
-
-            # Determine whether or not the bug is always accessible by the
-            # reporter, QA contact, and/or users on the cc: list.
-            SendSQL("SELECT reporter_accessible, cclist_accessible
-                     FROM   bugs
-                     WHERE  bug_id = $id
-                    ");
-            ($bug{'reporter_accessible'}, 
-             $bug{'cclist_accessible'}) = FetchSQLData();        
-        }
-    }
-    $vars->{'groups'} = \@groups;
-
-    my $movers = Param("movers");
-    $user{'canmove'} = Param("move-enabled") 
-                       && (defined $::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"}) 
-                       && ($::COOKIE{"Bugzilla_login"} =~ /\Q$movers\E/);
-
-    # User permissions
-
-    # In the below, if the person hasn't logged in ($::userid == 0), then
-    # we treat them as if they can do anything.  That's because we don't
-    # know why they haven't logged in; it may just be because they don't
-    # use cookies.  Display everything as if they have all the permissions
-    # in the world; their permissions will get checked when they log in
-    # and actually try to make the change.
-    $user{'canedit'} = $::userid == 0
-                       || $::userid == $bug{'reporter'}
-                       || $::userid == $bug{'qa_contact'}
-                       || $::userid == $bug{'assigned_to'}
-                       || UserInGroup("editbugs");                   
-    $user{'canconfirm'} = ($::userid == 0) || UserInGroup("canconfirm");
-
-    # Bug states
-    $bug{'isunconfirmed'} = ($bug{'bug_status'} eq $::unconfirmedstate);
-    $bug{'isopened'} = IsOpenedState($bug{'bug_status'});
-
-    # People involved with the bug
-    $bug{'assigned_to_email'} = DBID_to_name($bug{'assigned_to'});
-    $bug{'assigned_to'} = DBID_to_real_or_loginname($bug{'assigned_to'});
-    $bug{'reporter'} = DBID_to_real_or_loginname($bug{'reporter'});
-    $bug{'qa_contact'} = $bug{'qa_contact'} > 0 ? 
-                                          DBID_to_name($bug{'qa_contact'}) : "";
-
-    my $ccset = new RelationSet;
-    $ccset->mergeFromDB("SELECT who FROM cc WHERE bug_id=$id");
-    
-    my @cc = $ccset->toArrayOfStrings();
-    $bug{'cc'} = \@cc if $cc[0];
-
-    # Next bug in list (if there is one)
-    my @bug_list;
-    if ($::COOKIE{"BUGLIST"} && $id) 
-    {
-        @bug_list = split(/:/, $::COOKIE{"BUGLIST"});
-    }
-    $vars->{'bug_list'} = \@bug_list;
-
-    $bug{'comments'} = GetComments($bug{'bug_id'});
-
-    # This is length in number of comments
-    $bug{'longdesclength'} = scalar(@{$bug{'comments'}});
-
-    # Add the bug and user hashes to the variables
-    $vars->{'bug'} = \%bug;
-    $vars->{'user'} = \%user;
-
-    # Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-    $template->process("bug/edit.html.tmpl", $vars)
-      || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-}
- 
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/bug_status.html

@@ -1,206 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
-<HTML>
-
-<!--
-     The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-     License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-     except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-     the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-    
-     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-     IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-     implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-     rights and limitations under the License.
-    
-     The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-    
-     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-     Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-     Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-     Rights Reserved.
-    
-     Contributor(s): 
-
-     Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
--->
-
-<head>
-<TITLE>A Bug's Life Cycle</TITLE>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-</head>
-<body>
-
-<h1 ALIGN=CENTER>A Bug's Life Cycle</h1>
-
-The <B>status</B> and <B>resolution</B> field define and track the
-life cycle of a bug.
-
-<a name="status"></a>
-<p>
-<TABLE BORDER=1 CELLPADDING=4>
-
-<TR ALIGN=CENTER VALIGN=TOP>
-<TD WIDTH="50%"><H1>STATUS</H1> <TD><H1>RESOLUTION</H1>
-
-<TR VALIGN=TOP>
-<TD>The <B>status</B> field indicates the general health of a bug. Only
-certain status transitions are allowed.
-<TD>The <b>resolution</b> field indicates what happened to this bug.
-
-<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD>
-<DL><DT><B>
-<A HREF="confirmhelp.html">UNCONFIRMED</A></B> 
-<DD> This bug has recently been added to the database.  Nobody has
-     validated that this bug is true.  Users who have the "canconfirm"
-     permission set may confirm this bug, changing its state to NEW.
-     Or, it may be directly resolved and marked RESOLVED.
-<DT><B>NEW</B> 
-<DD> This bug has recently been added to the assignee's list of bugs
-     and must be processed. Bugs in this state may be accepted, and
-     become <B>ASSIGNED</B>, passed on to someone else, and remain
-     <B>NEW</B>, or resolved and marked <B>RESOLVED</B>.
-<DT><B>ASSIGNED</B> 
-<DD> This bug is not yet resolved, but is assigned to the proper
-     person. From here bugs can be given to another person and become
-     <B>NEW</B>, or resolved and become <B>RESOLVED</B>.
-<DT><B>REOPENED</B>
-<DD>This bug was once resolved, but the resolution was deemed
-     incorrect.  For example, a <B>WORKSFORME</B> bug is
-     <B>REOPENED</B> when more information shows up and the bug is now
-     reproducible.  From here bugs are either marked <B>ASSIGNED</B>
-     or <B>RESOLVED</B>.
-</DL>
-<TD>
-<DL>
-<DD> No resolution yet. All bugs which are in one of these "open" states
-     have the resolution set to blank. All other bugs
-     will be marked with one of the following resolutions.
-</DL>
-
-<TR VALIGN=TOP><TD>
-<DL>
-<DT><B>RESOLVED</B> 
-<DD> A resolution has been taken, and it is awaiting verification by
-     QA. From here bugs are either re-opened and become
-     <B>REOPENED</B>, are marked <B>VERIFIED</B>, or are closed for good
-     and marked <B>CLOSED</B>.
-<DT><B>VERIFIED</B>
-<DD> QA has looked at the bug and the resolution and agrees that the
-     appropriate resolution has been taken.  Bugs remain in this state
-     until the product they were reported against actually ships, at
-     which point they become <B>CLOSED</B>.
-<DT><B>CLOSED</B> 
-<DD> The bug is considered dead, the resolution is correct. Any zombie
-     bugs who choose to walk the earth again must do so by becoming
-     <B>REOPENED</B>.
-</DL>
-
-<TD>
-<DL>
-<DT><B>FIXED</B>
-<DD> A fix for this bug is checked into the tree and tested.
-<DT><B>INVALID</B>
-<DD> The problem described is not a bug 
-<DT><B>WONTFIX</B>
-<DD> The problem described is a bug which will never be fixed.
-<DT><B>LATER</B>
-<DD> The problem described is a bug which will not be fixed in this
-     version of the product.
-<DT><B>REMIND</B>
-<DD> The problem described is a bug which will probably not be fixed in this
-     version of the product, but might still be.
-<DT><B>DUPLICATE</B>
-<DD> The problem is a duplicate of an existing bug. Marking a bug
-     duplicate requires the bug# of the duplicating bug and will at
-     least put that bug number in the description field.
-<DT><B>WORKSFORME</B>
-<DD> All attempts at reproducing this bug were futile, reading the
-     code produces no clues as to why this behavior would occur. If
-     more information appears later, please re-assign the bug, for
-     now, file it.
-</DL>
-</TABLE>
-
-<H1>Other Fields</H1>
-
-<table border=1 cellpadding=4><tr><td>
-<h2><a name="severity">Severity</a></h2>
-
-This field describes the impact of a bug.
-
-<p>
-<p>
- 
-<table>
-<tr><th>Blocker</th><td>Blocks development and/or testing work
-<tr><th>Critical</th><td>crashes, loss of data, severe memory leak 
-<tr><th>Major</th><td>major loss of function 
-<tr><th>Minor</th><td>minor loss of function, or other problem where easy workaround is present 
-<tr><th>Trivial</th><td>cosmetic problem like misspelled words or misaligned text 
-<tr><th>Enhancement</th><td>Request for enhancement
-</table> 
-
-</td><td>
-
-<h2><a name="priority">Priority</a></h2>
-
-This field describes the importance and order in which a bug should be
-fixed.  This field is utilized by the programmers/engineers to
-prioritize their work to be done.  The available priorities are:
-
-<p>
-<p>
-
-<table>
-<tr><th>P1</th><td>Most important
-<tr><th>P2</th><td>
-<tr><th>P3</th><td>
-<tr><th>P4</th><td>
-<tr><th>P5</th><td>Least important
-</table>
-</tr></table>
-
-<h2><a name="rep_platform">Platform</a></h2>
-This is the hardware platform against which the bug was reported.  Legal
-platforms include:
-
-<UL>
-<LI> All (happens on all platform; cross-platform bug)
-<LI> Macintosh
-<LI> PC
-<LI> Sun
-<LI> HP
-</UL>
-
-<b>Note:</b> Selecting the option "All" does not select bugs assigned against all platforms.  It
-merely selects bugs that <b>occur</b> on all platforms.
-
-<h2><a name="op_sys">Operating System</a></h2>
-This is the operating system against which the bug was reported.  Legal
-operating systems include:
-
-<UL>
-<LI> All (happens on all operating systems; cross-platform bug)
-<LI> Windows 95
-<LI> Mac System 8.0
-<LI> Linux
-</UL>
-
-Note that the operating system implies the platform, but not always.
-For example, Linux can run on PC and Macintosh and others.
-
-<h2><a name="assigned_to">Assigned To</a></h2>
-
-This is the person in charge of resolving the bug.  Every time this
-field changes, the status changes to <B>NEW</B> to make it easy to see
-which new bugs have appeared on a person's list.
-
-The default status for queries is set to NEW, ASSIGNED and REOPENED. When
-searching for bugs that have been resolved or verified, remember to set the
-status field appropriately. 
-
-<hr>
-<!-- hhmts start -->
-Last modified: Sun Apr 14 12:51:23 EST 2002
-<!-- hhmts end -->
-</body> </html>

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/bugwritinghelp.html

@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
-<html>
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<title>Bug Writing Guidelines</title>
-</head>
-<body>
-<center>
-<h1>Bug Writing Guidelines</h1>
-</center>
-
-<h3>Why You Should Read This</h3>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p>Simply put, the more effectively you report a bug, the more
-likely an engineer will actually fix it.</p>
-
-<p>These guidelines are a general
-tutorial to teach novice and intermediate bug reporters how to compose effective bug reports. Not every sentence may precisely apply to
-your software project.</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<h3>How to Write a Useful Bug Report</h3>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p>Useful bug reports are ones that get bugs fixed. A useful bug
-report normally has two qualities:</p>
-
-<ol>
-<li><b>Reproducible.</b> If an engineer can't see the bug herself to prove that it exists, she'll probably stamp your bug report "WORKSFORME" or "INVALID" and move on to the next bug. Every detail you can provide helps.<br>
-<br>
-</li>
-
-<li><b>Specific.</b> The quicker the engineer can isolate the bug
-to a specific area, the more likely she'll expediently fix it. 
-(If a programmer or tester has to decypher a bug, they may spend
-more time cursing the submitter than solving the problem.)
-<br>
-<br>
-[ <a href="#tips" name="Anchor">Tell Me More</a> ]
-</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Let's say the application you're testing is a web browser. You
-crash at foo.com, and want to write up a bug report:</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>BAD:</b> "My browser crashed. I think I was on www.foo.com. I play golf with Bill Gates, so you better fix this problem, or I'll report you to him. By the way, your Back icon looks like a squashed rodent. UGGGLY. And my grandmother's home page is all messed up in your browser. Thx 4 UR help."
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <b>GOOD:</b> "I crashed each time I went to www.foo.com, using
-the 2002-02-25 build on a Windows 2000 system. I also
-rebooted into Linux, and reproduced this problem using the 2002-02-24
-Linux build.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- It again crashed each time upon drawing the Foo banner at the top
-of the page. I broke apart the page, and discovered that the
-following image link will crash the application reproducibly,
-unless you remove the "border=0" attribute:
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <tt>&lt;IMG SRC="http://www.foo.com/images/topics/topicfoos.gif"
-width="34" height="44" border="0" alt="News"&gt;</tt>
-</p>
-</blockquote>
-</blockquote>
-
-<h3>How to Enter your Useful Bug Report into Bugzilla:</h3>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p>Before you enter your bug, use Bugzilla's 
-<a href="query.cgi">search page</a> to determine whether the defect you've discovered is a known, already-reported bug. If your bug is the 37th duplicate of a known issue, you're more likely to annoy the engineer. (Annoyed
-engineers fix fewer bugs.)
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Next, be sure to reproduce your bug using a recent
-build. Engineers tend to be most interested in problems affecting
-the code base that they're actively working on. After all, the bug you're reporting
-may already be fixed.
-
-</p>
-
-<p>
- If you've discovered a new bug using a current build, report it in
-Bugzilla:
-</p>
-
-<ol>
-<li>From your Bugzilla main page, choose 
-"<a href="enter_bug.cgi">Enter a new bug</a>".</li>
-
-<li>Select the product that you've found a bug in.</li>
-
-<li>Enter your e-mail address, password, and press the "Login"
-button. (If you don't yet have a password, leave the password field empty, 
-and press the "E-mail me a password" button instead.
-You'll quickly receive an e-mail message with your password.)</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>Now, fill out the form. Here's what it all means:</p>
-
-<p><b>Where did you find the bug?</b></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>Product: In which product did you find the bug?</b><br>
- You just specified this on the last page, so you can't edit it here.</p>
-
-<p><b>Version: In which product version did you find the
-bug?</b><br>
- (If applicable)</p>
-
-<p><b>Component: In which component does the bug exist?</b><br>
-Bugzilla requires that you select a component to enter a bug. (Not sure which to choose? 
-Click on the Component link. You'll see a description of each component, to help you make the best choice.)</p>
-
-<p><b>OS: On which Operating System (OS) did you find this bug?</b>
-(e.g. Linux, Windows 2000, Mac OS 9.)<br>
- If you know the bug happens on all OSs, choose 'All'. Otherwise,
-select the OS that you found the bug on, or "Other" if your OS
-isn't listed.</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>How important is the bug?</b></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>Severity: How damaging is the bug?</b><br>
- This item defaults to 'normal'. If you're not sure what severity your bug deserves, click on the Severity link.
- You'll see a description of each severity rating. <br>
-</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Who will be following up on the bug?</b></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>Assigned To: Which engineer should be responsible for fixing
-this bug?</b><br>
- Bugzilla will automatically assign the bug to a default engineer
-upon submitting a bug report. If you'd prefer to directly assign the bug to
-someone else, enter their e-mail address into this field. (To see the list of
-default engineers for each component, click on the Component
-link.)</p>
-
-<p><b>Cc: Who else should receive e-mail updates on changes to this
-bug?</b><br>
- List the full e-mail addresses of other individuals who should
-receive an e-mail update upon every change to the bug report. You
-can enter as many e-mail addresses as you'd like, separated by spaces or commas, as long as those
-people have Bugzilla accounts.</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>What else can you tell the engineer about the bug?</b></p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Summary:</b> <b>How would you describe the bug, in
-approximately 60 or fewer characters?</b><br>
- A good summary should <b>quickly and uniquely identify a bug
-report</b>. Otherwise, an engineer cannot meaningfully identify
-your bug by its summary, and will often fail to pay attention to
-your bug report when skimming through a 10 page bug list.<br>
-<br>
- A useful summary might be 
- "<tt>PCMCIA install fails on Tosh Tecra 780DVD w/ 3c589C</tt>". 
- "<tt>Software fails</tt>" or "<tt>install problem</tt>" would be
-examples of a bad summary.<br>
-<br>
- [ <a href="#summary">Tell Me More</a> ]<br>
-<br>
- <b>Description: </b><br>
- Please provide a detailed problem report in this field.
-Your bug's recipients will most likely expect the following information:</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>Overview Description:</b> More detailed expansion of
-summary.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-Drag-selecting any page crashes Mac builds in NSGetFactory
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Steps to Reproduce:</b> Minimized, easy-to-follow steps that will
-trigger the bug. Include any special setup steps.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-1) View any web page. (I used the default sample page,
-resource:/res/samples/test0.html)
-                          
-2) Drag-select the page. (Specifically, while holding down 
-the mouse button, drag the mouse pointer downwards from any 
-point in the browser's content region to the bottom of the 
-browser's content region.)                   
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p>
- <b>Actual Results:</b> What the application did after performing
-the above steps. 
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-The application crashed. Stack crawl appended below from MacsBug.
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Expected Results:</b> What the application should have done,
-were the bug not present.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-The window should scroll downwards. Scrolled content should be selected. 
-(Or, at least, the application should not crash.)
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Build Date &amp; Platform:</b> Date and platform of the build
-that you first encountered the bug in.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-Build 2002-03-15 on Mac OS 9.0
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Additional Builds and Platforms:</b> Whether or not the bug
-takes place on other platforms (or browsers, if applicable).</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-- Also Occurs On        
-    Mozilla (2002-03-15 build on Windows NT 4.0) 
-                                    
-- Doesn't Occur On        
-    Mozilla (2002-03-15 build on Red Hat Linux; feature not supported)        
-    Internet Explorer 5.0 (shipping build on Windows NT 4.0)        
-    Netscape Communicator 4.5 (shipping build on Mac OS 9.0)
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b>Additional Information:</b> Any other debugging information.
-For crashing bugs:</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li><b>Win32:</b> if you receive a Dr. Watson error, please note
-the type of the crash, and the module that the application crashed
-in. (e.g. access violation in apprunner.exe)</li>
-
-<li><b>Mac OS:</b> if you're running MacsBug, please provide the
-results of a <b>how</b> and an <b>sc</b>:</li>
-</ul>
-
-<blockquote>
-<pre>
-*** MACSBUG STACK CRAWL OF CRASH (Mac OS)
-Calling chain using A6/R1 links 
-    Back chain  ISA  Caller 
-    00000000    PPC  0BA85E74   
-    03AEFD80    PPC  0B742248   
-    03AEFD30    PPC  0B50FDDC  NSGetFactory+027FC
-PowerPC unmapped memory exception at 0B512BD0 NSGetFactory+055F0
-</pre>
-</blockquote>
-</blockquote>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p>You're done!<br>
-<br>
- After double-checking your entries for any possible errors, press
-the "Commit" button, and your bug report will now be in the
-Bugzilla database.<br>
-</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<hr>
-<h3>More Information on Writing Good Bugs</h3>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b><a name="tips"></a> 1. General Tips for a Useful Bug
-Report</b>
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p>
- <b>Use an explicit structure, so your bug reports are easy to
-skim.</b> Bug report users often need immediate access to specific
-sections of your bug. If your Bugzilla installation supports the
-Bugzilla Helper, use it.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <b>Avoid cuteness if it costs clarity.</b> Nobody will be laughing
-at your funny bug title at 3:00 AM when they can't remember how to
-find your bug.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <b>One bug per report.</b> Completely different people typically
-fix, verify, and prioritize different bugs. If you mix a handful of
-bugs into a single report, the right people probably won't discover
-your bugs in a timely fashion, or at all. Certain bugs are also
-more important than others. It's impossible to prioritize a bug
-report when it contains four different issues, all of differing
-importance.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <b>No bug is too trivial to report.</b> Unless you're reading the
-source code, you can't see actual software bugs, like a dangling
-pointer -- you'll see their visible manifestations, such as the
-segfault when the application finally crashes. Severe software
-problems can manifest themselves in superficially trivial ways.
-File them anyway.<br>
-</p>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p><b><a name="summary"></a>2. How and Why to Write Good Bug Summaries</b>
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-<p><b>You want to make a good first impression on the bug
-recipient.</b> Just like a New York Times headline guides readers
-towards a relevant article from dozens of choices, will your bug summary
-suggest that your bug report is worth reading from dozens or hundreds of
-choices?
-</p>
-
-<p>
- Conversely, a vague bug summary like <tt>install problem</tt> forces anyone
-reviewing installation bugs to waste time opening up your bug to
-determine whether it matters.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- <b>Your bug will often be searched by its summary.</b> Just as
-you'd find web pages with Google by searching by keywords through
-intuition, so will other people locate your bugs. Descriptive bug
-summaries are naturally keyword-rich, and easier to find.
-</p>
-
-<p>
- For example, you'll find a bug titled "<tt>Dragging icons from List View to
-gnome-terminal doesn't paste path</tt>" if you search on "List",
-"terminal", or "path". Those search keywords wouldn't have found a
-bug titled "<tt>Dragging icons
-doesn't paste</tt>".
-</p>
-
-<p>
- Ask yourself, "Would someone understand my bug from just this
-summary?" If so, you've written a fine summary.
-</p>
-
-<p><b>Don't write titles like these:</b></p>
-
-<ol>
- <li>"Can't install" - Why can't you install? What happens when you
-try to install?</li>
-<li>"Severe Performance Problems" - ...and they occur when you do
-what?</li>
-<li>"back button does not work" - Ever? At all?</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p><b>Good bug titles:</b></p>
-<ol>
-<li>"1.0 upgrade installation fails if Mozilla M18 package present"
-- Explains problem and the context.</li>
-<li>"RPM 4 installer crashes if launched on Red Hat 6.2 (RPM 3)
-system" - Explains what happens, and the context.</li>
-</ol>
-
-
-
-</blockquote>
-</blockquote>
-
-<p>(Written and maintained by 
-<a href="http://www.prometheus-music.com/eli">Eli Goldberg</a>. Claudius
-Gayle, Gervase Markham, Peter Mock, Chris Pratt, Tom Schutter and Chris Yeh also
-contributed significant changes. Constructive 
-<a href="mailto:eli@prometheus-music.com">suggestions</a> welcome.)</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/bugzilla.dtd

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-<!ELEMENT bugzilla (bug+)>
-<!ATTLIST bugzilla
-	version CDATA #REQUIRED
-	urlbase CDATA #REQUIRED
-	maintainer CDATA #REQUIRED
-	exporter CDATA #IMPLIED
->
-<!ELEMENT bug (bug_id, (bug_status, product, priority, version, rep_platform, assigned_to, delta_ts, component, reporter, target_milestone?, bug_severity, creation_ts, qa_contact?, op_sys, resolution?, bug_file_loc?, short_desc?, keywords*, status_whiteboard?, dependson*, blocks*, cc*, long_desc*, attachment*)?)>
-<!ATTLIST bug
-	error (NotFound | NotPermitted | InvalidBugId) #IMPLIED
->
-<!ELEMENT bug_id (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT exporter (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT urlbase (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT bug_status (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT product (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT priority (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT version (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT rep_platform (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT assigned_to (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT delta_ts (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT component (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT reporter (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT target_milestone (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT bug_severity (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT creation_ts (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT qa_contact (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT status_whiteboard (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT op_sys (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT resolution (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT bug_file_loc (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT short_desc (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT keywords (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT dependson (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT blocks (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT cc (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT long_desc (who, bug_when, thetext)>
-<!ELEMENT who (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT bug_when (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT thetext (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT attachment (attachid, date, desc, type?, data?)>
-<!ELEMENT attachid (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT date (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT desc (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT type (#PCDATA)>
-<!ELEMENT data (#PCDATA)>

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/changepassword.cgi

@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-
-use strict;
-
-print q{Content-type: text/html
-
-<HTML>
-<HEAD>
-<META HTTP-EQUIV="Refresh"
-  CONTENT="0; URL=userprefs.cgi">
-</HEAD>
-<BODY>
-This URL is obsolete.  Forwarding you to the correct one.
-<P>
-Going to <A HREF="userprefs.cgi">userprefs.cgi</A>
-<BR>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
-}

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/colchange.cgi

@@ -1,124 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use lib qw(.);
-
-use vars qw(
-  @legal_keywords
-  $buffer
-  $template
-  $vars
-);
-
-require "CGI.pl";
-
-print "Content-type: text/html\n";
-
-# The master list not only says what fields are possible, but what order
-# they get displayed in.
-
-ConnectToDatabase();
-GetVersionTable();
-
-my @masterlist = ("opendate", "changeddate", "severity", "priority",
-                  "platform", "owner", "reporter", "status", "resolution",
-                  "product", "component", "version", "os", "votes");
-
-if (Param("usetargetmilestone")) {
-    push(@masterlist, "target_milestone");
-}
-if (Param("useqacontact")) {
-    push(@masterlist, "qa_contact");
-}
-if (Param("usestatuswhiteboard")) {
-    push(@masterlist, "status_whiteboard");
-}
-if (@::legal_keywords) {
-    push(@masterlist, "keywords");
-}
-
-
-push(@masterlist, ("summary", "summaryfull"));
-
-$vars->{masterlist} = \@masterlist;
-
-my @collist;
-if (defined $::FORM{'rememberedquery'}) {
-    my $splitheader = 0;
-    if (defined $::FORM{'resetit'}) {
-        @collist = @::default_column_list;
-    } else {
-        foreach my $i (@masterlist) {
-            if (defined $::FORM{"column_$i"}) {
-                push @collist, $i;
-            }
-        }
-        if (exists $::FORM{'splitheader'}) {
-            $splitheader = $::FORM{'splitheader'};
-        }
-    }
-    my $list = join(" ", @collist);
-    my $urlbase = Param("urlbase");
-    my $cookiepath = Param("cookiepath");
-    print "Set-Cookie: COLUMNLIST=$list ; path=$cookiepath ; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-2029 00:00:00 GMT\n";
-    print "Set-Cookie: SPLITHEADER=$::FORM{'splitheader'} ; path=$cookiepath ; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-2029 00:00:00 GMT\n";
-    print "Refresh: 0; URL=buglist.cgi?$::FORM{'rememberedquery'}\n";
-    print "\n";
-    print "<META HTTP-EQUIV=Refresh CONTENT=\"1; URL=$urlbase"."buglist.cgi?$::FORM{'rememberedquery'}\">\n";
-    print "<TITLE>What a hack.</TITLE>\n";
-    PutHeader ("Change columns");
-    print "Resubmitting your query with new columns...\n";
-    exit;
-}
-
-if (defined $::COOKIE{'COLUMNLIST'}) {
-    @collist = split(/ /, $::COOKIE{'COLUMNLIST'});
-} else {
-    @collist = @::default_column_list;
-}
-
-$vars->{collist} = \@collist;
-
-$vars->{splitheader} = 0;
-if ($::COOKIE{'SPLITHEADER'}) {
-    $vars->{splitheader} = 1;
-}
-
-my %desc = ();
-foreach my $i (@masterlist) {
-    $desc{$i} = $i;
-}
-
-$desc{'summary'} = "Summary (first 60 characters)";
-$desc{'summaryfull'} = "Full Summary";
-
-$vars->{desc} = \%desc;
-$vars->{buffer} = $::buffer;
-
-# Generate and return the UI (HTML page) from the appropriate template.
-print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
-$template->process("list/change-columns.html.tmpl", $vars)
-  || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/collectstats.pl

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>,
-#                 Harrison Page <harrison@netscape.com>
-#         Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
-
-# Run me out of cron at midnight to collect Bugzilla statistics.
-
-
-use AnyDBM_File;
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-use vars @::legal_product;
-
-require "globals.pl";
-
-# tidy up after graphing module
-if (chdir("graphs")) {
-    unlink <./*.gif>;
-    unlink <./*.png>;
-    chdir("..");
-}
-
-ConnectToDatabase(1);
-GetVersionTable();
-
-my @myproducts;
-push( @myproducts, "-All-", @::legal_product );
-
-foreach (@myproducts) {
-    my $dir = "data/mining";
-
-    &check_data_dir ($dir);
-    &collect_stats ($dir, $_);
-}
-
-&calculate_dupes();
-
-sub check_data_dir {
-    my $dir = shift;
-
-    if (! -d) {
-        mkdir $dir, 0777;
-        chmod 0777, $dir;
-    }
-}
-
-sub collect_stats {
-    my $dir = shift;
-    my $product = shift;
-    my $when = localtime (time);
-
-    # NB: Need to mangle the product for the filename, but use the real
-    # product name in the query
-    my $file_product = $product;
-    $file_product =~ s/\//-/gs;
-    my $file = join '/', $dir, $file_product;
-    my $exists = -f $file;
-
-    if (open DATA, ">>$file") {
-        push my @row, &today;
-
-        foreach my $status ('NEW', 'ASSIGNED', 'REOPENED', 'UNCONFIRMED', 'RESOLVED', 'VERIFIED', 'CLOSED') {
-            if( $product eq "-All-" ) {
-                SendSQL("select count(bug_status) from bugs where bug_status='$status'");
-            } else {
-                SendSQL("select count(bug_status) from bugs where bug_status='$status' and product='$product'");
-            }
-
-            push @row, FetchOneColumn();
-        }
-
-        foreach my $resolution ('FIXED', 'INVALID', 'WONTFIX', 'LATER', 'REMIND', 'DUPLICATE', 'WORKSFORME', 'MOVED') {
-            if( $product eq "-All-" ) {
-                SendSQL("select count(resolution) from bugs where resolution='$resolution'");
-            } else {
-                SendSQL("select count(resolution) from bugs where resolution='$resolution' and product='$product'");
-            }
-
-            push @row, FetchOneColumn();
-        }
-
-        if (! $exists) {
-            print DATA <<FIN;
-# Bugzilla Daily Bug Stats
-#
-# Do not edit me! This file is generated.
-#
-# fields: DATE|NEW|ASSIGNED|REOPENED|UNCONFIRMED|RESOLVED|VERIFIED|CLOSED|FIXED|INVALID|WONTFIX|LATER|REMIND|DUPLICATE|WORKSFORME|MOVED
-# Product: $product
-# Created: $when
-FIN
-        }
-
-        print DATA (join '|', @row) . "\n";
-        close DATA;
-    } else {
-        print "$0: $file, $!";
-    }
-}
-
-sub calculate_dupes {
-    SendSQL("SELECT * FROM duplicates");
-
-    my %dupes;
-    my %count;
-    my @row;
-    my $key;
-    my $changed = 1;
-
-    my $today = &today_dash;
-
-    # Save % count here in a date-named file
-    # so we can read it back in to do changed counters
-    # First, delete it if it exists, so we don't add to the contents of an old file
-    if (my @files = <data/duplicates/dupes$today*>) {
-        unlink @files;
-    }
-   
-    dbmopen(%count, "data/duplicates/dupes$today", 0644) || die "Can't open DBM dupes file: $!";
-
-    # Create a hash with key "a bug number", value "bug which that bug is a
-    # direct dupe of" - straight from the duplicates table.
-    while (@row = FetchSQLData()) {
-        my $dupe_of = shift @row;
-        my $dupe = shift @row;
-        $dupes{$dupe} = $dupe_of;
-    }
-
-    # Total up the number of bugs which are dupes of a given bug
-    # count will then have key = "bug number", 
-    # value = "number of immediate dupes of that bug".
-    foreach $key (keys(%dupes)) 
-    {
-        my $dupe_of = $dupes{$key};
-
-        if (!defined($count{$dupe_of})) {
-            $count{$dupe_of} = 0;
-        }
-
-        $count{$dupe_of}++;
-    }   
-
-    # Now we collapse the dupe tree by iterating over %count until
-    # there is no further change.
-    while ($changed == 1)
-    {
-        $changed = 0;
-        foreach $key (keys(%count)) {
-            # if this bug is actually itself a dupe, and has a count...
-            if (defined($dupes{$key}) && $count{$key} > 0) {
-                # add that count onto the bug it is a dupe of,
-                # and zero the count; the check is to avoid
-                # loops
-                if ($count{$dupes{$key}} != 0) {
-                    $count{$dupes{$key}} += $count{$key};
-                    $count{$key} = 0;
-                    $changed = 1;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    # Remove the values for which the count is zero
-    foreach $key (keys(%count))
-    {
-        if ($count{$key} == 0) {
-            delete $count{$key};
-        }
-    }
-   
-    dbmclose(%count);
-}
-
-sub today {
-    my ($dom, $mon, $year) = (localtime(time))[3, 4, 5];
-    return sprintf "%04d%02d%02d", 1900 + $year, ++$mon, $dom;
-}
-
-sub today_dash {
-    my ($dom, $mon, $year) = (localtime(time))[3, 4, 5];
-    return sprintf "%04d-%02d-%02d", 1900 + $year, ++$mon, $dom;
-}
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/confirmhelp.html

@@ -1,168 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
-<html><head>
-
-<!--
-     The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-     License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-     except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-     the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-    
-     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-     IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-     implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-     rights and limitations under the License.
-    
-     The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-    
-     The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-     Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-     Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-     Rights Reserved.
-    
-     Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
--->
-
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1">
-<title>Understanding the UNCONFIRMED state, and other recent changes</title>
-</head>
-
-<body>
-<h1>Understanding the UNCONFIRMED state, and other recent changes</h1>
-
-<p>
-[This document is aimed primarily at people who have used Bugzilla
-before the UNCONFIRMED state was implemented.  It might be helpful for
-newer users as well.]
-</p>
-
-<p>
-
-New bugs in some products will now show up in a new state,
-UNCONFIRMED.  This means that we have nobody has confirmed that the
-bug is real.  Very busy engineers will probably generally ignore
-UNCONFIRMED that have been assigned to them, until they have been
-confirmed in one way or another.  (Engineers with more time will
-hopefully glance over their UNCONFIRMED bugs regularly.)
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The <a href="bug_status.html">page describing bug fields</a> has been
-updated to include UNCONFIRMED.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-There are two basic ways that a bug can become confirmed (and enter
-the NEW) state.
-</p>
-
-<ul>
-  <li> A user with the appropriate permissions (see below for more on
-       permissions) decides that the bug is a valid one, and confirms
-       it.  We hope to gather a small army of responsible volunteers
-       to regularly go through bugs for us.</li>
-  <li> The bug gathers a certain number of votes. <b>Any</b> valid Bugzilla user may vote for 
-bugs (each user gets a certain number of bugs); any UNCONFIRMED bug which 
-gets enough votes becomes automatically confirmed, and enters the NEW state.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>
-One implication of this is that it is worth your time to search the
-bug system for duplicates of your bug to vote on them, before
-submitting your own bug.  If we can spread around knowledge of this
-fact, it ought to help cut down the number of duplicate bugs in the
-system. 
-</p>
-
-<h2>Permissions.</h2>
-
-<p>
-Users now have a certain set of permissions.  To see your permissions,
-check out the
-<a href="userprefs.cgi?bank=permissions">user preferences</a> page.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-If you have the "Can confirm a bug" permission, then you will be able
-to move UNCONFIRMED bugs into the NEW state.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-If you have the "Can edit all aspects of any bug" permission, then you
-can tweak anything about any bug.  If not, you may only edit those
-bugs that you have submitted, or that you have assigned to you (or
-qa-assigned to you).  However, anyone may add a comment to any bug.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Some people (initially, the initial owners and initial qa-contacts for
-components in the system) have the ability to give the above two
-permissions to other people.  So, if you really feel that you ought to
-have one of these permissions, a good person to ask (via private
-email, please!) is the person who is assigned a relevant bug.
-</p>
-
-<h2>Other details.</h2>
-
-<p>
-An initial stab was taken to decide who would be given which of the
-above permissions.  This was determined by some simple heurstics of
-who was assigned bugs, and who the default owners of bugs were, and a
-look at people who seem to have submitted several bugs that appear to
-have been interesting and valid.  Inevitably, we have failed to give
-someone the permissions they deserve.  Please don't take it
-personally; just bear with us as we shake out the new system.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-People with one of the two bits above can easily confirm their own
-bugs, so bugs they submit will actually start out in the NEW state.
-They can override this when submitting a bug.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-People can ACCEPT or RESOLVE a bug assigned to them, even if they
-aren't allowed to confirm it.  However, the system remembers, and if
-the bug gets REOPENED or reassigned to someone else, it will revert
-back to the UNCONFIRMED state.  If the bug has ever been confirmed,
-then REOPENing or reassigning will cause it to go to the NEW or
-REOPENED state.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Note that only some products support the UNCONFIRMED state.  In other
-products, all new bugs will automatically start in the NEW state.
-</p>
-
-<h2>Things still to be done.</h2>
-
-<p>
-There probably ought to be a way to get a bug back into the
-UNCONFIRMED state, but there isn't yet.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-If a person has submitted several bugs that get confirmed, then this
-is probably a person who understands the system well, and deserves the
-"Can confirm a bug" permission.  This kind of person should be
-detected and promoted automatically.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-There should also be a way to automatically promote people to get the
-"Can edit all aspects of any bug" permission.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The "enter a new bug" page needs to be revamped with easy ways for new
-people to educate themselves on the benefit of searching for a bug
-like the one they're about to submit and voting on it, rather than
-adding a new useless duplicate.
-</p>
-
-<hr>
-<p>
-<!-- hhmts start -->
-Last modified: Sun Apr 14 12:55:14 EST 2002
-<!-- hhmts end -->
-</p>
-</body> </html>

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/BugzillaEmail.pm

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# This code is based on code found in bug_email.pl from the bugzilla
-# email tracker.  Initial contributors are :: 
-#                 Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Gregor Fischer <fischer@suse.de>
-#                 Klaas Freitag  <freitag@suse.de>
-#                 Seth Landsman  <seth@dworkin.net>
-
-# The purpose of this module is to abstract out a bunch of the code
-#  that is central to email interfaces to bugzilla and its database
-
-# Contributor : Seth Landsman <seth@dworkin.net>
-
-# Initial checkin : 03/15/00 (SML)
-#  findUser() function moved from bug_email.pl to here
-
-push @INC, "../."; # this script now lives in contrib
-
-require "globals.pl";
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE = "email_transform_none";
-my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_BASE_DOMAIN = "email_transform_base_domain";
-my $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY = "email_transform_name_only";
-
-# change to do incoming email address fuzzy matching
-my $email_transform = $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY;
-
-# findUser()
-# This function takes an email address and returns the user email.
-# matching is sloppy based on the $email_transform parameter
-sub findUser($) {
-  my ($address) = @_;
-  # if $email_transform is $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE, return the address, otherwise, return undef
-  if ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NONE) {
-    my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name = \'$address\';";
-    SendSQL($stmt);
-    my $found_address = FetchOneColumn();
-    return $found_address;
-  } elsif ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_BASE_DOMAIN) {
-    my ($username) = ($address =~ /(.+)@/);
-    my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name RLIKE \'$username\';";
-    SendSQL($stmt);
-
-    my $domain;
-    my $found = undef;
-    my $found_address;
-    my $new_address = undef;
-    while ((!$found) && ($found_address = FetchOneColumn())) {
-      ($domain) = ($found_address =~ /.+@(.+)/);
-      if ($address =~ /$domain/) {
-        $found = 1;
-        $new_address = $found_address;
-      }
-    }
-    return $new_address;
-  } elsif ($email_transform eq $EMAIL_TRANSFORM_NAME_ONLY) {
-    my ($username) = ($address =~ /(.+)@/);
-    my $stmt = "SELECT login_name FROM profiles WHERE profiles.login_name RLIKE \'$username\';";
-    SendSQL($stmt);
-    my $found_address = FetchOneColumn();
-    return $found_address;
-  }
-}
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/README

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-This directory contains contributed software related to Bugzilla.
-Things in here have not necessarily been tested or tried by anyone
-except the original contributor, so tred carefully.  But it may still
-be useful to you.
-
-This directory includes:
-
-  mysqld-watcher.pl --  This script can be installed as a frequent cron 
-                        job to clean up stalled/dead queries.
-        gnats2bz.pl --  A perl script to help import bugs from a GNATS 
-                        database into a Bugzilla database.  Contributed by
-                        Tom Schutter <tom@platte.com>
-
-       bug_email.pl --  A perl script that can receive email containing
-                        bug reports (email-interface). Contributed by
-                        Klaas Freitag <freitag@SuSE.de>
-	
-      README.Mailif --  Readme describing the mail interface.
-  bugmail_help.html --  User help page for the mail interface.
-
-       yp_nomail.sh --  Script you can run via cron that regularly updates
-                        the nomail file for terminated employees 

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/README.Mailif

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-
-The Bugzilla Mail interface
-===========================
-
-(UPDATE 03/14/00 to better reflect reality by SML)
-
-The Bugzilla Mail interface allows to submit bugs to Bugzilla by email.
-
-The Mail Interface Contribution consists of three files:
-README.Mailif - this readme.
-bug_email.pl  - the script
-bugmail_help.html - a user help html site
-
-Installation:
-
-Next is to add a user who receives the bugmails, e. g. bugmail. Create a 
-mail account and a home directory for the user. 
-
-The mailinterface script bug_email.pl needs to get the mail through stdin.
-I use procmail for that, with the following line in the .procmailrc:
-
-BUGZILLA_HOME=/usr/local/httpd/htdocs/bugzilla
-:0 c
-|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME/contrib; ./bug_email.pl)
-
-This defines the Bugzilla directory as the variable BUGZILLA_HOME and passes
-all incoming mail to the script after cd'ing into the bugzilla home.
-
-In some cases, it is necessary to alter the headers of incoming email.  The 
-additional line to procmail :
-
-:0 fhw
-| formail -I "From " -a "From "
-
-fixes many problems.
-
-See bugzilla.procmailrc for a sample procmailrc that works for me (SML) and
-also deals with bugzilla_email_append.pl
-
-Customation:
-
-There are some values inside the script which need to be customized for your
-needs:
-
-1. In sub-routine Reply (search 'sub Reply':
-there is the line
-    print MAIL "From: Bugzilla Mailinterface<yourmail\@here.com>\n";
-                                            ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-Fill in your correct mail here. That will make it easy for people to reply
-to the mail.
-
-2. check, if your sendmail resides in /usr/sbin/sendmail, change the path if neccessary.
-Search the script after 'default' - you find some default-Settings for bug
-reports, which are used, if the sender did not send a field for it. The defaults
-should be checked and changed.
-
-Thats hopefully all, we will come up with any configuration file or something.
-
-
-If your mail works, your script will insert mails from now on.
-
-The mailinterface supports two commandline switches:
-
-There are two command line switches :
-
--t: Testmode
-    The mailinterface does not really insert the bug into the database, but
-    writes some debug output to stdout and writes the mail into the file
-    bug_email_test.log in the data-dir.
-
--r: restricted mode
-    All lines before the first line with a keyword character are skipped.
-    In not restricted, default mode, these lines are added to the long 
-    description of the bug.
-
-
-02/2000 - Klaas Freitag, SuSE GmbH <freitag@suse.de>
-03/2000 - Seth M. Landsman <seth@cs.brandeis.edu>
- bug_email.pl now lives out of bugzilla/contrib
- added line about formail

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/bugmail_help.html

@@ -1,223 +0,0 @@
-<HTML>
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 3.2//EN">
-<!--
-     The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-     License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-     except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-     the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-    
-     Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-     IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-     implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-     rights and limitations under the License.
-    
-     The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-    
-     Contributor(s): Klaas Freitag <Freitag@SuSE.de>
--->
-
-<HEAD> <TITLE>Bugzilla Mail Interface</TITLE> </HEAD>
-<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF">
-<CENTER><H1>The Bugzilla Mail Interface</H1>
-Contributor: <A HREF="mailto:freitag@suse.de">Klaas Freitag</A>, SuSE GmbH 
-</CENTER>
-<P>
-The bugzilla Mail interface allows the registered bugzilla users to submit bugs by 
-sending email with a bug description. This is usefull for people, who do not work 
-inhouse and want to submitt bugs to the bugzilla system.
-<p>
-
-
-I know, show me the <A HREF="#examplemail">example-mail !</A>
-
-
-<H2>What do you need to do to submitt a bug by mail ?</H2>
-You need to send a email in the described format to the bugmail-user of the 
-bugzilla-system. This is <A HREF="mailto:our_bugzilla@xyz.com">yourbugzilla@here.com</A>
-
-You receive a reply mail with the new bug-ID if your request was ok. 
-If not, you get a mail with 
-some help on the bugmail system and a specific analysis of your request.
-<P>
-Please dont refuse to send one or two wrong mails, you will get all the information 
-you need in the replies, and <I>only</I> in the mail replies. The information on this
-page, concerning available products, versions and so on, is not dynamicly generated and 
-may  be old therefore.
-
-<H1>The Mail Format</H1>
-The bugmail needs a special format , which consists of some keywords and suitable 
-values for them and a description text. Note that the keyword block needs to be
-above of the description text.
-
-<H2>Keywords</H2>
-You need to tell bugzilla some properties of the bugs. This is done by keywords, which
-start on a new line with a @, followed by the keyword and and equal-sign, followed by a
-hopefully valid value.
-
-
-<TABLE BORDER=4 FRAME=box CELLSPACING="5" width=95%> <COLGROUP> <col width="2*"> 
-<col width="5*"> <col width="1*"> </COLGROUP>
-	<TR>
-		<TH>Keyword</TH>
-		<TH>Value description</TH>
-		<TH>required and default value</TH>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@product</TD>
-	        <TD>The product which has a bug</TD>
-	        <TD>yes. <br> This is the most important information. Many other
-		fields depend on the product.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@component</TD>
-	        <TD>the desired component which is affected by the bug</TD>
-	        <TD>yes. <br> As the @product, this is a very important 
-		field.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@version</TD>
-	        <TD>The version of the product</TD>
-	        <TD>yes. <br>See @product and @component</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@short_desc</TD>
-	        <TD>A summary of your bug report</TD>
-	        <TD>yes. <br>This summary of the error you want to report 
-		describes what happen. You may skip the long description,
-		but not this summary.<br>
-		<b>Note:</b>The short description may be given in the mail subject
-		instead of using the keyword !</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@rep_platform</TD>
-	        <TD>The desired platform</TD>
-	        <TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>All</I>.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@bug_severity</TD>
-	        <TD>The severity of the bug</TD>
-	        <TD>no. <br> If you dont give a value, this field is set to 
-		<I>normal</I></TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@priority</TD>
-	        <TD>The priority of the bug</TD>
-	        <TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>P3</I></TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@op_sys</TD>
-	        <TD>The operating system</TD>
-	        <TD>no.<br>If you dont give a value, this field is set to <I>Linux</I>.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@assigned_to</TD>
-	        <TD>The one to whom the bug is assigned to</TD>
-	        <TD>no. <br>There is an initial owner for every product/version/component.
-		He owns the bug by default. The initial owner can only be found if 
-		product, version and component are valid.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@bug_file_loc</TD>
-	        <TD>?</TD>
-	        <TD>no.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@status_whiteboard</TD>
-	        <TD>?</TD>
-	        <TD>no.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@target_milestone</TD>
-	        <TD>?</TD>
-	        <TD>no.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@groupset</TD>
-	        <TD>rules the visibility of the bug.</TD>
-	        <TD>no.<br>This value defaults to the smallest of the available groups,
-		which is <I>readInternal</I>.</TD>
-	</TR>
-	<TR>
-	        <TD>@qa_contact</TD>
-	        <TD>the quality manager for the product</TD>
-	        <TD>no.<br>This value can be retrieved from product, component and 
-		version</TD>
-	</TR>
-
-</TABLE>
-<H2>Valid values</H2>
-Give string values for the most keys above. Some keywords  require special values:<br>
-<ol>
-<li>E-Mail adresses: If you want to set the qa-contact, specify a email-adress for @qa_contact. The email must be known by bugzilla of course.</li>
-<li>Listvalues: Most of the values have to be one of a list of valid values. Try by sending
-a mail and read the reply. Skip fields if you dont get help for them unless you dont know
-which values you may choose.</li>
-<li>free Text: The descriptions may be free text. </li>
-<li>Special: The field groupset may be specified in different in three different kinds:
- <ol>
-    <li> A plain numeric way, which is one usually huge number, e. g. <I>65536</I></li>
-    <li> a string with added numbers e.g. <I>65536+131072</I></li>
-    <li> a string list, e.g. <I>ReadInternal, ReadBeta </I></li>
- </ol>
-</li>
-</ol>
-
-<p>
-
-But most of them need <b>valid</b> values.
-<p>
-Sorry, you will not find lists of valid products, components and the other stuff
-here. Send a mail to with any text, and you will get a list of valid keywords in the reply.
-
-<p>
-Some of the values must be choosen from a list:<br>
-<ol>
-  <li>bug_severity: blocker, critical, major, normal, minor, trivial, enhancement</li>
-  <li>op_sys: Linux </li>
-  <li>priority: P1, P2, P3, P4, P5</li>
-  <li>rep_platform: All, i386, AXP, i686, Other</li></ol>
-  
-
-<p>
-
-After you have specified the required keywords and maybe some other value, you may 
-describe your bug. You dont need  a keyword for starting your bug description. All 
-text which follows the keyword block is handled as long description of the bug.
-<p>
-
-The bugmail interface is able to find required information by itself. E.g. if you specify
-a product which has exactly one component, this component will be found by the interface
-automatically. 
-
-<H1>Attachments</H1>
-
-The mail interface is able to cope with MIME-attachments. 
-People could for example add a logfile as a mail attachment, and it will appear in 
-bugzilla as attachment. A comment for the attachment should be added, it will describe
-the attachment in bugzilla.
-
-<H1><A NAME="examplemail">Example Mail</A></H1>
-
-See the example of the mail <b>body</b> (Dont forget to specify the short description
-in the mail subject):<hr><pre>
-
-  @product      = Bugzilla
-  @component    = general
-  @version      = All
-  @groupset     = ReadWorld ReadPartners
-  @op_sys       = Linux
-  @priority     = P3
-  @rep_platform = i386
-
-
-  This is the description of the bug I found. It is not neccessary to start
-  it with a keyword. 
-
-  Note: The short_description is neccessary and may be given with the keyword
-  @short_description or will be retrieved from the mail subject.
-
-
-</pre><hr>
-
-</BODY>
-</HTML>

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/bugzilla.procmailrc

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-:0 fhw
-| formail -I "From " -a "From "
-
-BUGZILLA_HOME=/home/bugzilla/WEB/bugzilla/contrib
-
-:0
-* ^Subject: .*\[Bug .*\]
-RESULT=|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME && ./bugzilla_email_append.pl)
-
-
-# Feed mail to stdin of bug_email.pl
-:0 Ec
-#* !^Subject: .*[Bug .*]
-RESULT=|(cd $BUGZILLA_HOME && ./bug_email.pl )
-
-# write result to a logfile
-:0 c
-|echo `date '+%d.%m.%y %H:%M:  '` $RESULT >> $HOME/bug_email.log
-
-
-:0 c
-|echo "----------------------------------" >> $HOME/bug_email.log
-
-:0 c
-$HOME/bug_email.log
- 
-# Move mail to the inbox
-:0
-$HOME/Mail/INBOX
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/bugzilla_email_append.pl

@@ -1,189 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/perl -w
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-
-# The purpose of this script is to take an email message, which
-# specifies a bugid and append it to the bug as part of the longdesc
-# table
-
-# Contributor : Seth M. Landsman <seth@dworkin.net>
-
-# 03/15/00 : Initial version by SML
-# 03/15/00 : processmail gets called
-
-# Email subject must be of format :
-# .* Bug ### .*
-# replying to a typical bugzilla email should be valid
-
-# TODO : 
-# 1. better way to get the body text (I don't know what dump_entity() is 
-#   actually doing
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-use MIME::Parser;
-
-push @INC, "../."; # this script lives in contrib
-require "globals.pl";
-require "BugzillaEmail.pm";
-
-# Create a new MIME parser:
-my $parser = new MIME::Parser;
-
-my $Comment = "";
-
-# Create and set the output directory:
-# FIXME: There should be a $BUGZILLA_HOME variable (SML)
-(-d "../data/mimedump-tmp") or mkdir "../data/mimedump-tmp",0755 or die "mkdir: $!";
-(-w "../data/mimedump-tmp") or die "can't write to directory";
-
-$parser->output_dir("../data/mimedump-tmp");
-    
-# Read the MIME message:
-my $entity = $parser->read(\*STDIN) or die "couldn't parse MIME stream";
-$entity->remove_sig(10);          # Removes the signature in the last 10 lines
-
-# Getting values from parsed mail
-my $Sender = $entity->get( 'From' );
-$Sender ||=  $entity->get( 'Reply-To' );
-my $Message_ID = $entity->get( 'Message-Id' );
-
-die (" *** Cant find Sender-adress in sent mail ! ***\n" ) unless defined( $Sender );
-chomp( $Sender );
-chomp( $Message_ID );
-
-print "Dealing with the sender $Sender\n";
-
-ConnectToDatabase();
-
-my $SenderShort = $Sender;
-$SenderShort =~ s/^.*?([a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+?\@[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+\.[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+).*$/$1/;
-
-$SenderShort = findUser($SenderShort);
-
-print "SenderShort is $SenderShort\n";
-if (!defined($SenderShort)) {
-  $SenderShort = $Sender;
-  $SenderShort =~ s/^.*?([a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+?\@[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+\.[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]+).*$/$1/;
-}
-print "The sendershort is now $SenderShort\n";
-
-if (!defined($SenderShort)) {
-  DealWithError("No such user $SenderShort exists.");
-}
-
-my $Subject = $entity->get('Subject');
-print "The subject is $Subject\n";
-
-my ($bugid) = ($Subject =~ /\[Bug ([\d]+)\]/);
-print "The bugid is $bugid\n";
-
-# make sure the bug exists
-
-SendSQL("SELECT bug_id FROM bugs WHERE bug_id = $bugid;");
-my $found_id = FetchOneColumn();
-print "Did we find the bug? $found_id-\n";
-if (!defined($found_id)) {
-  DealWithError("Bug $bugid does not exist");
-}
-
-# get the user id
-SendSQL("SELECT userid FROM profiles WHERE login_name = \'$SenderShort\';");
-my $userid = FetchOneColumn();
-if (!defined($userid)) {
-  DealWithError("Userid not found for $SenderShort");
-}
-
-# parse out the text of the message
-dump_entity($entity);
-
-# Get rid of the bug id
-$Subject =~ s/\[Bug [\d]+\]//;
-#my $Comment = "This is only a test ...";
-my $Body = "Subject: " . $Subject . "\n" . $Comment;
-
-# shove it in the table
-my $long_desc_query = "INSERT INTO longdescs SET bug_id=$found_id, who=$userid, bug_when=NOW(), thetext=" . SqlQuote($Body) . ";";
-SendSQL($long_desc_query);
-
-system("cd .. ; ./processmail $found_id '$SenderShort'");
-
-sub DealWithError {
-  my ($reason) = @_;
-  print $reason . "\n";
-}
-
-# Yanking this wholesale from bug_email, 'cause I know this works.  I'll
-#  figure out what it really does later
-#------------------------------
-#
-# dump_entity ENTITY, NAME
-#
-# Recursive routine for parsing a mime coded mail.
-# One mail may contain more than one mime blocks, which need to be
-# handled. Therefore, this function is called recursively.
-#
-# It gets the for bugzilla important information from the mailbody and 
-# stores them into the global attachment-list @attachments. The attachment-list
-# is needed in storeAttachments.
-#
-sub dump_entity {
-    my ($entity, $name) = @_;
-    defined($name) or $name = "'anonymous'";
-    my $IO;
-
-
-    # Output the body:
-    my @parts = $entity->parts;
-    if (@parts) {                     # multipart...
-	my $i;
-	foreach $i (0 .. $#parts) {       # dump each part...
-	    dump_entity($parts[$i], ("$name, part ".(1+$i)));
-	}
-    } else {                            # single part...	
-
-	# Get MIME type, and display accordingly...
-	my $msg_part = $entity->head->get( 'Content-Disposition' );
-	
-	$msg_part ||= ""; 
-
-	my ($type, $subtype) = split('/', $entity->head->mime_type);
-	my $body = $entity->bodyhandle;
-	my ($data, $on_disk );
-
-	if(  $msg_part =~ /^attachment/ ) {
-	    # Attached File
-	    my $des = $entity->head->get('Content-Description');
-	    $des ||= "";
-
-	    if( defined( $body->path )) { # Data is on disk
-		$on_disk = 1;
-		$data = $body->path;
-		
-	    } else {                      # Data is in core
-		$on_disk = 0;
-		$data = $body->as_string;
-	    }
-#	    push ( @attachments, [ $data, $entity->head->mime_type, $on_disk, $des ] );
-	} else {
-	    # Real Message
-	    if ($type =~ /^(text|message)$/) {     # text: display it...
-		if ($IO = $body->open("r")) {
-		    $Comment .=  $_ while (defined($_ = $IO->getline));
-		    $IO->close;
-		} else {       # d'oh!
-		    print "$0: couldn't find/open '$name': $!";
-		}
-	    } else { print "Oooops - no Body !\n"; }
-	}
-    }
-}

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/cmdline/buglist

@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is 
-# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
-# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
-# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-conf="`dirname $0`/query.conf"
-
-query="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?cmd=doit"
-defaultcolumnlist="severity priority platform status resolution target_milestone status_whiteboard keywords summaryfull"
-
-chart=0
-and=0
-while test "$1" != ""; do
-    arg=$1
-    arg_len=`expr length ${arg}`
-    if test `expr substr "${arg}" 1 2` == "--"; then
-        eq_pos=`expr match ${arg} '--.*='`
-        if test "${eq_pos}" == "0"; then
-            echo 'Missing value for long option '"${arg}"' ("=" not found)' 1>&2
-            exit 1;
-        fi
-        # extract option name
-        let name_len=${eq_pos}-3
-        name=`expr substr ${arg} 3 ${name_len}`
-        # extract option value
-        let val_start=${eq_pos}+1
-        let val_len=${arg_len}-${eq_pos}
-        val=`expr substr ${arg} ${val_start} ${val_len}`
-    elif test `expr substr ${arg} 1 1` == "-" &&
-         test "`expr substr ${arg} 2 1`" != ""; then
-        # extract
-        name=`expr substr ${arg} 2 1`
-        let val_len=${arg_len}-2
-        val=`expr substr ${arg} 3 ${val_len}`
-    else
-        name="default"
-        val="${arg}"
-        #echo "Unrecognized option ${arg}" 1>&2
-        #exit 1
-    fi
-
-    # find field and comparison type for option ${name}
-    field=`grep '"'${name}'"' ${conf} | awk '{printf $1}'`
-    type=`grep '"'${name}'"' ${conf} | awk '{printf $2}'`
-    if test "${field}" == ""  || test "${type}" == ""; then
-        echo "Field name & comparison type not found for option ${name}." 1>&2
-        exit 1;
-    fi
-
-    or=0
-    while test "${val}" != ""; do
-        comma_idx=`expr index ${val} ,`
-        if test ${comma_idx} == "0"; then
-            val1="${val}"
-            val=""
-        else
-            let val1_len=${comma_idx}-1
-            val1=`expr substr ${val} 1 ${val1_len}`
-            val_len=`expr length ${val}`
-            let rest_start=${comma_idx}+1
-            let rest_len=${val_len}-${comma_idx}
-            val=`expr substr ${val} ${rest_start} ${rest_len}`
-        fi
-        query="${query}&field${chart}-${and}-${or}=${field}"
-        query="${query}&type${chart}-${and}-${or}=${type}"
-        query="${query}&value${chart}-${and}-${or}=${val1}"
-        #echo "----- ${name} : ${field} : ${type} : ${val1} -----" 1>&2
-        let or=${or}+1
-    done
-    let chart=${chart}+1
-    shift
-done
-
-outputfile="/dev/stdout"
-#outputfile="buglist.html"
-#\rm -f ${outputfile}
-wget -q -O ${outputfile} --header="Cookie: COLUMNLIST=${COLUMNLIST-${defaultcolumnlist}}" "${query}"
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/cmdline/bugs

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is 
-# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
-# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
-# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-buglist="`dirname $0`/buglist"
-htmlfile="`dirname $0`/buglist.html"
-
-${buglist} "$@" 2>&1 1>${htmlfile}
-if test ${?} == "0"; then
-    echo `grep 'TR VALIGN=TOP ALIGN=LEFT CLASS=' ${htmlfile} | sed -e 's/<TR.*id=//' | sed -e 's/".*//'` | sed -e 's/ /\,/g'
-else
-    cat ${htmlfile} 1>&2
-    exit 1
-fi

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/cmdline/query.conf

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is 
-# Andreas Franke <afranke@ags.uni-sb.de>.
-# Corporation. Portions created by Andreas Franke are
-# Copyright (C) 2001 Andreas Franke. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): 
-
-#
-# This is `query.conf', the config file for `buglist'.
-#
-# Columns: 1: field_name, 2: comparison_type, 3: cmd-line options
-#
-bug_status              substring       "s","status"
-resolution              substring       "r","resolution"
-rep_platform            substring       "p","platform"
-op_sys                  substring       "o","os","opsys"
-priority                substring       "p","priority"
-bug_severity            substring       "S","severity"
-assigned_to             substring       "A","O","owner","assignedto"
-reporter                substring       "R","reporter"
-qa_contact              substring       "Q","qa","qacontact"
-cc                      substring       "C","cc"
-product                 substring       "product"
-version                 substring       "V","version"
-component               substring       "c","component"
-target_milestone        substring       "M","milestone"
-short_desc              substring       "default","summary"
-longdesc                substring       "d","description","longdesc"
-bug_file_loc            substring       "u","url"
-status_whiteboard       substring       "w","whiteboard"
-keywords                substring       "k","K","keywords"
-attachments.description substring       "attachdesc"
-attachments.thedata     substring       "attachdata"
-attachments.mimetype    substring       "attachmime"
-dependson               substring       # bug 30823
-blocked                 substring       # bug 30823

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/cvs-update.sh

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Dawn Endico <endico@mozilla.org>
-
-
-# Keep a record of all cvs updates made from a given directory.
-#
-# Later, if changes need to be backed out, look at the log file
-# and run the cvs command with the date that you want to back
-# out to. (Probably the second to last entry).
-
-#DATE=`date +%e/%m/%Y\ %k:%M:%S\ %Z`
-DATE=`date`
-COMMAND="cvs update -d -P -D" 
-echo $COMMAND \"$DATE\" >> cvs-update.log
-$COMMAND "$DATE"
-
-
-# sample log file
-#cvs update -P -D "11/04/2000 20:22:08 PDT"
-#cvs update -P -D "11/05/2000 20:22:22 PDT"
-#cvs update -P -D "11/07/2000 20:26:29 PDT"
-#cvs update -P -D "11/08/2000 20:27:10 PDT"

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/jb2bz.py

@@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/local/bin/python
-# -*- mode: python -*-
-
-"""
-jb2bz.py - a nonce script to import bugs from JitterBug to Bugzilla
-Written by Tom Emerson, tree@basistech.com
-
-This script is provided in the hopes that it will be useful.  No
-rights reserved. No guarantees expressed or implied. Use at your own
-risk. May be dangerous if swallowed. If it doesn't work for you, don't
-blame me. It did what I needed it to do.
-
-This code requires a recent version of Andy Dustman's MySQLdb interface,
-
-    http://sourceforge.net/projects/mysql-python
-
-Share and enjoy.
-"""
-
-import rfc822, mimetools, multifile, mimetypes
-import sys, re, glob, StringIO, os, stat, time
-import MySQLdb, getopt
-
-# mimetypes doesn't include everything we might encounter, yet.
-if not mimetypes.types_map.has_key('.doc'):
-    mimetypes.types_map['.doc'] = 'application/msword'
-
-if not mimetypes.encodings_map.has_key('.bz2'):
-    mimetypes.encodings_map['.bz2'] = "bzip2"
-
-bug_status='NEW'
-component="default"
-version=""
-product="" # this is required, the rest of these are defaulted as above
-
-"""
-Each bug in JitterBug is stored as a text file named by the bug number.
-Additions to the bug are indicated by suffixes to this:
-
-<bug>
-<bug>.followup.*
-<bug>.reply.*
-<bug>.notes
-
-The dates on the files represent the respective dates they were created/added.
-
-All <bug>s and <bug>.reply.*s include RFC 822 mail headers. These could include
-MIME file attachments as well that would need to be extracted.
-
-There are other additions to the file names, such as
-
-<bug>.notify
-
-which are ignored.
-
-Bugs in JitterBug are organized into directories. At Basis we used the following
-naming conventions:
-
-<product>-bugs         Open bugs
-<product>-requests     Open Feature Requests
-<product>-resolved     Bugs/Features marked fixed by engineering, but not verified
-<product>-verified     Resolved defects that have been verified by QA
-
-where <product> is either:
-
-<product-name>
-
-or
-
-<product-name>-<version>
-"""
-
-def process_notes_file(current, fname):
-    try:
-        new_note = {}
-        notes = open(fname, "r")
-        s = os.fstat(notes.fileno())
-
-        new_note['text']  = notes.read()
-        new_note['timestamp'] = time.gmtime(s[stat.ST_MTIME])
-
-        notes.close()
-
-        current['notes'].append(new_note)
-
-    except IOError:
-        pass
-
-def process_reply_file(current, fname):
-    new_note = {}
-    reply = open(fname, "r")
-    msg = rfc822.Message(reply)
-    new_note['text'] = "%s\n%s" % (msg['From'], msg.fp.read())
-    new_note['timestamp'] = rfc822.parsedate_tz(msg['Date'])
-    current["notes"].append(new_note)
-
-def add_notes(current):
-    """Add any notes that have been recorded for the current bug."""
-    process_notes_file(current, "%d.notes" % current['number'])
-
-    for f in glob.glob("%d.reply.*" % current['number']):
-        process_reply_file(current, f)
-
-    for f in glob.glob("%d.followup.*" % current['number']):
-        process_reply_file(current, f)
-
-def maybe_add_attachment(current, file, submsg):
-    """Adds the attachment to the current record"""
-    cd = submsg["Content-Disposition"]
-    m = re.search(r'filename="([^"]+)"', cd)
-    if m == None:
-        return
-    attachment_filename = m.group(1)
-    if (submsg.gettype() == 'application/octet-stream'):
-        # try get a more specific content-type for this attachment
-        type, encoding = mimetypes.guess_type(m.group(1))
-        if type == None:
-            type = submsg.gettype()
-    else:
-        type = submsg.gettype()
-
-    try:
-        data = StringIO.StringIO()
-        mimetools.decode(file, data, submsg.getencoding())
-    except:
-        return
-
-    current['attachments'].append( ( attachment_filename, type, data.getvalue() ) )
-
-def process_mime_body(current, file, submsg):
-    data = StringIO.StringIO()
-    mimetools.decode(file, data, submsg.getencoding())
-    current['description'] = data.getvalue()
-
-
-
-def process_text_plain(msg, current):
-    print "Processing: %d" % current['number']
-    current['description'] = msg.fp.read()
-
-def process_multi_part(file, msg, current):
-    print "Processing: %d" % current['number']
-    mf = multifile.MultiFile(file)
-    mf.push(msg.getparam("boundary"))
-    while mf.next():
-        submsg = mimetools.Message(file)
-        if submsg.has_key("Content-Disposition"):
-            maybe_add_attachment(current, mf, submsg)
-        else:
-            # This is the message body itself (always?), so process
-            # accordingly
-            process_mime_body(current, mf, submsg)
-
-def process_jitterbug(filename):
-    current = {}
-    current['number'] = int(filename)
-    current['notes'] = []
-    current['attachments'] = []
-    current['description'] = ''
-    current['date-reported'] = ()
-    current['short-description'] = ''
-    
-    file = open(filename, "r")
-    msg = mimetools.Message(file)
-
-    msgtype = msg.gettype()
-
-    add_notes(current)
-    current['date-reported'] = rfc822.parsedate_tz(msg['Date'])
-    current['short-description'] = msg['Subject']
-
-    if msgtype[:5] == 'text/':
-        process_text_plain(msg, current)
-    elif msgtype[:10] == "multipart/":
-        process_multi_part(file, msg, current)
-    else:
-        # Huh? This should never happen.
-        print "Unknown content-type: %s" % msgtype
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    # At this point we have processed the message: we have all of the notes and
-    # attachments stored, so it's time to add things to the database.
-    # The schema for JitterBug 2.14 can be found at:
-    #
-    #    http://www.trilobyte.net/barnsons/html/dbschema.html
-    #
-    # The following fields need to be provided by the user:
-    #
-    # bug_status
-    # product
-    # version
-    # reporter
-    # component
-    # resolution
-
-    # change this to the user_id of the Bugzilla user who is blessed with the
-    # imported defects
-    reporter=6
-
-    # the resolution will need to be set manually
-    resolution=""
-
-    db = MySQLdb.connect(db='bugs',user='root',host='localhost')
-    cursor = db.cursor()
-
-    cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO bugs SET " \
-                    "bug_id=%s," \
-                    "bug_severity='normal',"  \
-                    "bug_status=%s," \
-                    "creation_ts=%s,"  \
-                    "short_desc=%s," \
-                    "product=%s," \
-                    "rep_platform='All'," \
-                    "assigned_to=%s,"
-                    "reporter=%s," \
-                    "version=%s,"  \
-                    "component=%s,"  \
-                    "resolution=%s",
-                    [ current['number'],
-                      bug_status,
-                      time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
-                      current['short-description'],
-                      product,
-                      reporter,
-                      reporter,
-                      version,
-                      component,
-                      resolution] )
-
-    # This is the initial long description associated with the bug report
-    cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO longdescs VALUES (%s,%s,%s,%s)",
-                    [ current['number'],
-                      reporter,
-                      time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
-                      current['description'] ] )
-
-    # Add whatever notes are associated with this defect
-    for n in current['notes']:
-        cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO longdescs VALUES (%s,%s,%s,%s)",
-                        [current['number'],
-                         reporter,
-                         time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", n['timestamp'][:9]),
-                         n['text']])
-
-    # add attachments associated with this defect
-    for a in current['attachments']:
-        cursor.execute( "INSERT INTO attachments SET " \
-                        "bug_id=%s, creation_ts=%s, description='', mimetype=%s," \
-                        "filename=%s, thedata=%s, submitter_id=%s",
-                        [ current['number'],
-                          time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S", current['date-reported'][:9]),
-                          a[1], a[0], a[2], reporter ])
-
-    cursor.close()
-    db.close()
-
-def usage():
-    print """Usage: jb2bz.py [OPTIONS] Product
-
-Where OPTIONS are one or more of the following:
-
-  -h                This help information.
-  -s STATUS         One of UNCONFIRMED, NEW, ASSIGNED, REOPENED, RESOLVED, VERIFIED, CLOSED
-                    (default is NEW)
-  -c COMPONENT      The component to attach to each bug as it is important. This should be
-                    valid component for the Product.
-  -v VERSION        Version to assign to these defects.
-
-Product is the Product to assign these defects to.
-
-All of the JitterBugs in the current directory are imported, including replies, notes,
-attachments, and similar noise.
-"""
-    sys.exit(1)
-
-
-def main():
-    global bug_status, component, version, product
-    opts, args = getopt.getopt(sys.argv[1:], "hs:c:v:")
-
-    for o,a in opts:
-        if o == "-s":
-            if a in ('UNCONFIRMED','NEW','ASSIGNED','REOPENED','RESOLVED','VERIFIED','CLOSED'):
-                bug_status = a
-        elif o == '-c':
-            component = a
-        elif o == '-v':
-            version = a
-        elif o == '-h':
-            usage()
-
-    if len(args) != 1:
-        sys.stderr.write("Must specify the Product.\n")
-        sys.exit(1)
-
-    product = args[0]
-
-    for bug in filter(lambda x: re.match(r"\d+$", x), glob.glob("*")):
-        process_jitterbug(bug)
-        
-
-if __name__ == "__main__":
-    main()

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/mysqld-watcher.pl

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -w
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-# 
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-# 
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-# 
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All
-# Rights Reserved.
-# 
-# Contributor(s): Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
-#
-
-# mysqld-watcher.pl - a script that watches the running instance of
-# mysqld and kills off any long-running SELECTs against the shadow_db
-# 
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-require "globals.pl";
-
-# some configurables: 
-
-# length of time before a thread is eligible to be killed, in seconds
-#
-my $long_query_time = 600;
-#
-# the From header for any messages sent out
-#
-my $mail_from = "root\@lounge.mozilla.org";
-#
-# mail transfer agent.  this should probably really be converted to a Param().
-#
-my $mta_program = "/usr/lib/sendmail -t -ODeliveryMode=deferred";
-
-# and STDIN is where we get the info about running threads
-#
-close(STDIN);
-open(STDIN, "/usr/bonsaitools/bin/mysqladmin processlist |");
-
-# iterate through the running threads
-#
-my @LONGEST = (0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
-while ( <STDIN> ) { 
-    my @F = split(/\|/);
-
-    # if this line is not the correct number of fields, or if the thread-id
-    # field contains Id, skip this line.  both these cases indicate that this
-    # line contains pretty-printing gunk and not thread info.
-    #
-    next if ( $#F != 9 || $F[1] =~ /Id/); 
-
-    if ( $F[4] =~ /shadow_bugs/             # shadowbugs database in use
-         && $F[5] =~ /Query/                # this is actually a query
-         && $F[6] > $long_query_time        # this query has taken too long
-         && $F[8] =~ /(select|SELECT)/      # only kill a select
-         && $F[6] > $LONGEST[6] ) {         # the longest running query seen
-        @LONGEST = @F;
-    }
-}
-
-# send an email message
-#
-# should perhaps be moved to somewhere more global for use in bugzilla as a 
-# whole; should also do more error-checking
-#
-sub sendEmail($$$$) {
-    ($#_ == 3) || die("sendEmail: invalid number of arguments");
-    my ($from, $to, $subject, $body) = @_;
-
-    open(MTA, "|$mta_program");
-    print MTA "From: $from\n";
-    print MTA "To: $to\n";
-    print MTA "Subject: $subject\n";
-    print MTA "\n";
-    print MTA $body;
-    print MTA "\n";
-    close(MTA);
-   
-}
-
-# if we found anything, kill the database thread and send mail about it
-#
-if ($LONGEST[6] != 0) {
-
-    system ("/usr/bonsaitools/bin/mysqladmin", "kill", $LONGEST[1]);
-
-    # fire off an email telling the maintainer that we had to kill a thread
-    #
-    sendEmail($mail_from, Param("maintainer"), 
-	     "long running MySQL thread killed",
-	     join(" ", @LONGEST) . "\n");
-}

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/contrib/yp_nomail.sh

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# -*- Mode: ksh -*-
-##############################################################################
-# $Id: yp_nomail.sh,v 1.1 2000-09-12 23:50:31 cyeh%bluemartini.com Exp $
-# yp_nomail
-#
-# Our mail admins got annoyed when bugzilla kept sending email
-# to people who'd had bugzilla entries and left the company.  They
-# were no longer in the list of valid email users so it'd bounce.
-# Maintaining the 'data/nomail' file was a pain.  Luckily, our UNIX
-# admins list all the users that ever were, but the people who've left
-# have a distinct marker in their password file. For example:
-#
-# fired:*LK*:2053:1010:You're Fired Dude:/home/loser:/bin/false
-#
-# This script takes advantage of the "*LK*" convention seen via 
-# ypcat passwd and dumps those people into the nomail file. Any
-# manual additions are kept in a "nomail.(domainname)" file and 
-# appended to the list of yp lockouts every night via Cron
-#
-# 58 23 * * * /export/bugzilla/contrib/yp_nomail.sh > /dev/null 2>&1
-#
-# Tak ( Mark Takacs ) 08/2000
-#
-# XXX: Maybe should crosscheck w/bugzilla users?
-##############################################################################
-
-####
-# Configure this section to suite yer installation
-####
-
-DOMAIN=`domainname`
-MOZILLA_HOME="/export/mozilla"
-BUGZILLA_HOME="${MOZILLA_HOME}/bugzilla"
-NOMAIL_DIR="${BUGZILLA_HOME}/data"
-NOMAIL="${NOMAIL_DIR}/nomail"
-NOMAIL_ETIME="${NOMAIL}.${DOMAIN}"
-NOMAIL_YP="${NOMAIL}.yp"
-FIRED_FLAG="\*LK\*"
-
-YPCAT="/usr/bin/ypcat"
-GREP="/usr/bin/grep"
-SORT="/usr/bin/sort"
-
-########################## no more config needed  #################
-
-# This dir comes w/Bugzilla. WAY too paranoid
-if [ ! -d ${NOMAIL_DIR} ] ; then
-    echo "Creating $date_dir"
-    mkdir -p ${NOMAIL_DIR}
-fi
-
-#
-# Do some (more) paranoid checking
-#
-touch ${NOMAIL}
-if [ ! -w ${NOMAIL} ] ; then
-    echo "Can't write nomail file: ${NOMAIL} -- exiting"
-    exit
-fi
-if [ ! -r ${NOMAIL_ETIME} ] ; then
-    echo "Can't access custom nomail file: ${NOMAIL_ETIME} -- skipping"
-    NOMAIL_ETIME=""
-fi
-
-#
-# add all the people with '*LK*' password to the nomail list
-# XXX: maybe I should customize the *LK* string. Doh.
-#
-
-LOCKOUT=`$YPCAT passwd | $GREP "${FIRED_FLAG}" | cut -d: -f1 | sort > ${NOMAIL_YP}`
-`cat ${NOMAIL_YP} ${NOMAIL_ETIME} > ${NOMAIL}`
-
-exit
-
-
-# end
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/createaccount.cgi

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 David Gardiner <david.gardiner@unisa.edu.au>
-#                 Joe Robins <jmrobins@tgix.com>
-#                 Christopher Aillon <christopher@aillon.com>
-#                 Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use lib qw(.);
-
-require "CGI.pl";
-require "globals.pl";
-
-# Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once":
-use vars qw(
-  %FORM
-  $template
-  $vars
-);
-
-ConnectToDatabase();
-
-# If we're using LDAP for login, then we can't create a new account here.
-if(Param('useLDAP')) {
-  DisplayError("This site is using LDAP for authentication.  Please contact 
-                an LDAP administrator to get a new account created.",
-               "Can't create LDAP accounts");
-  PutFooter();
-  exit;
-}
-
-# Clear out the login cookies.  Make people log in again if they create an
-# account; otherwise, they'll probably get confused.
-my $cookiepath = Param("cookiepath");
-print "Set-Cookie: Bugzilla_login= ; path=$cookiepath; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-80 00:00:00 GMT
-Set-Cookie: Bugzilla_logincookie= ; path=$cookiepath; expires=Sun, 30-Jun-80 00:00:00 GMT\n";
-
-print "Content-Type: text/html\n\n";
-
-my $login = $::FORM{'login'};
-my $realname = trim($::FORM{'realname'});
-
-if (defined($login)) {
-    # We've been asked to create an account.
-    CheckEmailSyntax($login);
-    trick_taint($login);
-    $vars->{'login'} = $login;
-    
-    if (!ValidateNewUser($login)) {
-        # Account already exists        
-        $template->process("account/exists.html.tmpl", $vars)
-          || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-        exit;
-    }
-    
-    # Create account
-    my $password = InsertNewUser($login, $realname);
-    MailPassword($login, $password);
-    
-    $template->process("account/created.html.tmpl", $vars)
-      || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());
-    exit;
-}
-
-# Show the standard "would you like to create an account?" form.
-$template->process("account/create.html.tmpl", $vars)
-  || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/css/buglist.css

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-/* The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-  * License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-  * except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-  * the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-  *
-  * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-  * IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-  * implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-  * rights and limitations under the License.
-  *
-  * The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-  *
-  * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-  * Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-  * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-  * Rights Reserved.
-  *
-  * Contributor(s): Myk Melez <myk@mozilla.org>
-  */
-
-/* Right align bug IDs. */
-.bz_id_column { text-align: right; }
-
-/* Style bug rows according to severity. */
-.bz_blocker { color: red; font-weight: bold; }
-.bz_critical { color: red; }
-.bz_enhancement { font-style: italic; }
-
-/* Style secure bugs if the installation is not using bug groups.
- * Installations that *are* using bug groups are likely to be using
- * them for almost all bugs, in which case special styling is not
- * informative and generally a nuisance.
- */
-.bz_secure { color: black; background-color: lightgrey; }
-
-/* Align columns in the "change multiple bugs" form to the right. */
-table#form tr th { text-align: right; }
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/css/panel.css

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-body
-  {
-    font-family:       sans-serif;
-    font-size:        10pt;
-    background-color:  white;
-  }
-
-ul
-  {
-    padding-left: 12px;
-  }
-
-radio
-  {
-    -moz-user-select: ignore;
-  }
-
-.text-link
-  {
-    margin-left:      3px;
-  }
-
-.text-link:hover
-  {
-    text-decoration:  underline;
-    cursor:           pointer;
-  }
-
-.descriptive-content
-  {
-    color:            #AAAAAA;
-  }
-
-.descriptive-content[focused=true]
-  {
-    color:            black;
-  }

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/defparams.pl

@@ -1,601 +0,0 @@
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Dawn Endico <endico@mozilla.org>
-#                 Dan Mosedale <dmose@mozilla.org>
-#                 Joe Robins <jmrobins@tgix.com>
-#                 Jake <jake@acutex.net>
-#
-
-# This file defines all the parameters that we have a GUI to edit within
-# Bugzilla.
-
-# ATTENTION!!!!   THIS FILE ONLY CONTAINS THE DEFAULTS.
-# You cannot change your live settings by editing this file.
-# Only adding new parameters is done here.  Once the parameter exists, you 
-# must use %baseurl%/editparams.cgi from the web to edit the settings.
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-# Shut up misguided -w warnings about "used only once".  For some reason,
-# "use vars" chokes on me when I try it here.
-
-sub defparams_pl_sillyness {
-    my $zz;
-    $zz = %::param_checker;
-    $zz = %::param_desc;
-    $zz = %::param_type;
-}
-
-sub WriteParams {
-    foreach my $i (@::param_list) {
-        if (!defined $::param{$i}) {
-            $::param{$i} = $::param_default{$i};
-            if (!defined $::param{$i}) {
-                die "No default parameter ever specified for $i";
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    my $tmpname = "data/params.$$";
-    open(FID, ">$tmpname") || die "Can't create $tmpname";
-    my $v = $::param{'version'};
-    delete $::param{'version'};  # Don't write the version number out to
-                                # the params file.
-    print FID GenerateCode('%::param');
-    $::param{'version'} = $v;
-    print FID "1;\n";
-    close FID;
-    rename $tmpname, "data/params" || die "Can't rename $tmpname to data/params";
-    ChmodDataFile('data/params', 0666);
-}
-    
-
-sub DefParam {
-    my ($id, $desc, $type, $default, $checker) = (@_);
-    push @::param_list, $id;
-    $::param_desc{$id} = $desc;
-    $::param_type{$id} = $type;
-    $::param_default{$id} = $default;
-    if (defined $checker) {
-        $::param_checker{$id} = $checker;
-    }
-}
-
-
-sub check_numeric {
-    my ($value) = (@_);
-    if ($value !~ /^[0-9]+$/) {
-        return "must be a numeric value";
-    }
-    return "";
-}
-    
-sub check_shadowdb {
-    my ($value) = (@_);
-    $value = trim($value);
-    if ($value eq "") {
-        return "";
-    }
-    SendSQL("SHOW DATABASES");
-    while (MoreSQLData()) {
-        my $n = FetchOneColumn();
-        if (lc($n) eq lc($value)) {
-            return "The $n database already exists.  If that's really the name you want to use for the backup, please CAREFULLY make the existing database go away somehow, and then try again.";
-        }
-    }
-    SendSQL("CREATE DATABASE $value");
-    SendSQL("INSERT INTO shadowlog (command) VALUES ('SYNCUP')", 1);
-    return "";
-}
-
-@::param_list = ();
-
-
-
-# OK, here are the definitions themselves.
-#
-# The type of parameters (the third parameter to DefParam) can be one
-# of the following:
-#
-# t -- A short text entry field (suitable for a single line)
-# l -- A long text field (suitable for many lines)
-# b -- A boolean value (either 1 or 0)
-
-DefParam("maintainer",
-         "The email address of the person who maintains this installation of Bugzilla.",
-         "t",
-         'THE MAINTAINER HAS NOT YET BEEN SET');
-
-DefParam("urlbase",
-         "The URL that is the common initial leading part of all Bugzilla URLs.",
-         "t",
-         "http://cvs-mirror.mozilla.org/webtools/bugzilla/",
-         \&check_urlbase);
-
-sub check_urlbase {
-    my ($url) = (@_);
-    if ($url !~ m:^http.*/$:) {
-        return "must be a legal URL, that starts with http and ends with a slash.";
-    }
-    return "";
-}
-
-DefParam("cookiepath", 
-  "Directory path under your document root that holds your Bugzilla installation. Make sure to begin with a /.",
-  "t",
-  "/");
-
-DefParam("usequip",
-        "If this is on, Bugzilla displays a silly quip at the beginning of buglists, and lets users add to the list of quips.",
-        "b",
-        1);
-
-# Added parameter - JMR, 2/16/00
-DefParam("usebuggroups",
-         "If this is on, Bugzilla will associate a bug group with each product in the database, and use it for querying bugs.",
-         "b",
-         0); 
-
-# Added parameter - JMR, 2/16/00
-DefParam("usebuggroupsentry",
-         "If this is on, Bugzilla will use product bug groups to restrict who can enter bugs.  Requires usebuggroups to be on as well.",
-         "b",
-         0); 
-
-DefParam("shadowdb",
-         "If non-empty, then this is the name of another database in which Bugzilla will keep a shadow read-only copy of everything.  This is done so that long slow read-only operations can be used against this db, and not lock up things for everyone else.  Turning on this parameter will create the given database; be careful not to use the name of an existing database with useful data in it!",
-         "t",
-         "",
-         \&check_shadowdb);
-
-DefParam("queryagainstshadowdb",
-         "If this is on, and the shadowdb is set, then queries will happen against the shadow database.",
-         "b",
-         0);
-         
-
-# Adding in four parameters for LDAP authentication.  -JMR, 7/28/00
-DefParam("useLDAP",
-         "Turn this on to use an LDAP directory for user authentication ".
-         "instead of the Bugzilla database.  (User profiles will still be ".
-         "stored in the database, and will match against the LDAP user by ".
-         "email address.)",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-
-DefParam("LDAPserver",
-         "The name (and optionally port) of your LDAP server. (e.g. ldap.company.com, or ldap.company.com:portnum)",
-         "t",
-         "");
-
-
-DefParam("LDAPBaseDN",
-         "The BaseDN for authenticating users against. (e.g. \"ou=People,o=Company\")",
-         "t",
-         "");
-
-
-DefParam("LDAPmailattribute",
-         "The name of the attribute of a user in your directory that ".
-         "contains the email address.",
-         "t",
-         "mail");
-#End of LDAP parameters
-
-
-DefParam("mostfreqthreshold",
-         "The minimum number of duplicates a bug needs to show up on the <A HREF=\"duplicates.cgi\">most frequently reported bugs page</a>. If you have a large database and this page takes a long time to load, try increasing this number.",
-         "t",
-         "2");
-
-
-DefParam("mybugstemplate",
-         "This is the URL to use to bring up a simple 'all of my bugs' list for a user.  %userid% will get replaced with the login name of a user.",
-         "t",
-         "buglist.cgi?bug_status=NEW&amp;bug_status=ASSIGNED&amp;bug_status=REOPENED&amp;email1=%userid%&amp;emailtype1=exact&amp;emailassigned_to1=1&amp;emailreporter1=1");
-    
-
-DefParam("shutdownhtml",
-         "If this field is non-empty, then Bugzilla will be completely disabled and this text will be displayed instead of all the Bugzilla pages.",
-         "l",
-         "");
-
-DefParam("sendmailnow",
-         "If this is on, Bugzilla will tell sendmail to send any e-mail immediately. If you have a large number of users with a large amount of e-mail traffic, enabling this option may dramatically slow down Bugzilla. Best used for smaller installations of Bugzilla.",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("passwordmail",
-q{The email that gets sent to people to tell them their password.  Within
-this text, %mailaddress% gets replaced by the person's email address,
-%login% gets replaced by the person's login (usually the same thing), and
-%password% gets replaced by their password.  %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets
-replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).},
-         "l",
-         q{From: bugzilla-daemon
-To: %mailaddress%
-Subject: Your Bugzilla password.
-
-To use the wonders of Bugzilla, you can use the following:
-
- E-mail address: %login%
-       Password: %password%
-
- To change your password, go to:
- %urlbase%userprefs.cgi
-});
-
-
-DefParam("newchangedmail",
-q{The email that gets sent to people when a bug changes.  Within this
-text, %to% gets replaced with the e-mail address of the person recieving
-the mail.  %bugid% gets replaced by the bug number.  %diffs% gets
-replaced with what's changed.  %neworchanged% is "New:" if this mail is
-reporting a new bug or empty if changes were made to an existing one.
-%summary% gets replaced by the summary of this bug. %reasonsheader% 
-is replaced by an abbreviated list of reasons why the user is getting the email,
-suitable for use in an email header (such as X-Bugzilla-Reason).
-%reasonsbody% is replaced by text that explains why the user is getting the email 
-in more user friendly text than %reasonsheader%.
-%<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of 
-that parameter (as defined on this
-page).},
-         "l",
-"From: bugzilla-daemon
-To: %to%
-Subject: [Bug %bugid%] %neworchanged%%summary%
-X-Bugzilla-Reason: %reasonsheader%
-
-%urlbase%show_bug.cgi?id=%bugid%
-
-%diffs%
-
-
-
-%reasonsbody%");
-
-
-
-DefParam("whinedays",
-         "The number of days that we'll let a bug sit untouched in a NEW state before our cronjob will whine at the owner.",
-         "t",
-         7,
-         \&check_numeric);
-
-
-DefParam("whinemail",
-         "The email that gets sent to anyone who has a NEW bug that hasn't been touched for more than <b>whinedays</b>.  Within this text, %email% gets replaced by the offender's email address.  %userid% gets replaced by the offender's bugzilla login (which, in most installations, is the same as the email address.)  %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).<p> It is a good idea to make sure this message has a valid From: address, so that if the mail bounces, a real person can know that there are bugs assigned to an invalid address.",
-         "l",
-         q{From: %maintainer%
-To: %email%
-Subject: Your Bugzilla buglist needs attention.
-
-[This e-mail has been automatically generated.]
-
-You have one or more bugs assigned to you in the Bugzilla 
-bugsystem (%urlbase%) that require
-attention.
-
-All of these bugs are in the NEW state, and have not been touched
-in %whinedays% days or more.  You need to take a look at them, and 
-decide on an initial action.
-
-Generally, this means one of three things:
-
-(1) You decide this bug is really quick to deal with (like, it's INVALID),
-    and so you get rid of it immediately.
-(2) You decide the bug doesn't belong to you, and you reassign it to someone
-    else.  (Hint: if you don't know who to reassign it to, make sure that
-    the Component field seems reasonable, and then use the "Reassign bug to
-    owner of selected component" option.)
-(3) You decide the bug belongs to you, but you can't solve it this moment.
-    Just use the "Accept bug" command.
-
-To get a list of all NEW bugs, you can use this URL (bookmark it if you like!):
-
-    %urlbase%buglist.cgi?bug_status=NEW&assigned_to=%userid%
-
-Or, you can use the general query page, at
-%urlbase%query.cgi.
-
-Appended below are the individual URLs to get to all of your NEW bugs that 
-haven't been touched for a week or more.
-
-You will get this message once a day until you've dealt with these bugs!
-
-});
-
-
-
-DefParam("defaultquery",
-          "This is the default query that initially comes up when you submit a bug.  It's in URL parameter format, which makes it hard to read.  Sorry!",
-         "t",
-         "bug_status=NEW&bug_status=ASSIGNED&bug_status=REOPENED&emailassigned_to1=1&emailassigned_to2=1&emailreporter2=1&emailcc2=1&emailqa_contact2=1&order=%22Importance%22");
-
-
-DefParam("letsubmitterchoosepriority",
-         "If this is on, then people submitting bugs can choose an initial priority for that bug.  If off, then all bugs initially have the default priority selected below.",
-         "b",
-         1);
-
-
-sub check_priority {
-    my ($value) = (@_);
-    GetVersionTable();
-    if (lsearch(\@::legal_priority, $value) < 0) {
-        return "Must be a legal priority value: one of " .
-            join(", ", @::legal_priority);
-    }
-    return "";
-}
-
-DefParam("defaultpriority",
-         "This is the priority that newly entered bugs are set to.",
-         "t",
-         "P2",
-         \&check_priority);
-
-
-DefParam("usetargetmilestone",
-         "Do you wish to use the Target Milestone field?",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("nummilestones",
-         "If using Target Milestone, how many milestones do you wish to
-          appear?",
-         "t",
-         10,
-         \&check_numeric);
-
-DefParam("curmilestone",
-         "If using Target Milestone, Which milestone are we working toward right now?",
-         "t",
-         1,
-         \&check_numeric);
-
-DefParam("musthavemilestoneonaccept",
-         "If you are using Target Milestone, do you want to require that the milestone be set in order for a user to ACCEPT a bug?",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("useqacontact",
-         "Do you wish to use the QA Contact field?",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("usestatuswhiteboard",
-         "Do you wish to use the Status Whiteboard field?",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("usebrowserinfo",
-         "Do you want bug reports to be assigned an OS & Platform based on the browser
-          the user makes the report from?",
-         "b",
-         1);
-
-DefParam("usedependencies",
-         "Do you wish to use dependencies (allowing you to mark which bugs depend on which other ones)?",
-         "b",
-         1);
-
-DefParam("webdotbase",
-         "It is possible to show graphs of dependent bugs. You may set this parameter to
-any of the following:
-<ul>
-<li>A complete file path to \'dot\' (part of <a
-href=\"http://www.graphviz.org\">GraphViz</a>) will generate the graphs
-locally.</li>
-<li>A URL prefix pointing to an installation of the <a
-href=\"http://www.research.att.com/~north/cgi-bin/webdot.cgi\">webdot
-package</a> will generate the graphs remotely.</li>
-<li>A blank value will disable dependency graphing.</li>
-</ul>
-The default value is a publically-accessible webdot server.",
-         "t",
-         "http://www.research.att.com/~north/cgi-bin/webdot.cgi/%urlbase%",
-         \&check_webdotbase);
-
-sub check_webdotbase {
-    my ($value) = (@_);
-    $value = trim($value);
-    if ($value eq "") {
-        return "";
-    }
-    if($value !~ /^https?:/) {
-        if(! -x $value) {
-            return "The file path \"$value\" is not a valid executable.  Please specify the complete file path to 'dot' if you intend to generate graphs locally.";
-        }
-        # Check .htaccess allows access to generated images
-        if(-e "data/webdot/.htaccess") {
-            open HTACCESS, "data/webdot/.htaccess";
-            if(! grep(/png/,<HTACCESS>)) {
-                print "Dependency graph images are not accessible.\nDelete data/webdot/.htaccess and re-run checksetup.pl to rectify.\n";
-            }
-            close HTACCESS;
-        }
-    }
-    return "";
-}
-
-DefParam("expectbigqueries",
-         "If this is on, then we will tell mysql to <tt>set option SQL_BIG_TABLES=1</tt> before doing queries on bugs.  This will be a little slower, but one will not get the error <tt>The table ### is full</tt> for big queries that require a big temporary table.",
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("emailregexp",
-         'This defines the regexp to use for legal email addresses.  The default tries to match fully qualified email addresses.  Another popular value to put here is <tt>^[^@]+$</tt>, which means "local usernames, no @ allowed."',
-         "t",
-         q:^[^@]+@[^@]+\\.[^@]+$:);
-
-DefParam("emailregexpdesc",
-         "This describes in english words what kinds of legal addresses are allowed by the <tt>emailregexp</tt> param.",
-         "l",
-         "A legal address must contain exactly one '\@', and at least one '.' after the \@.");
-
-DefParam("emailsuffix",
-         "This is a string to append to any email addresses when actually sending mail to that address.  It is useful if you have changed the <tt>emailregexp</tt> param to only allow local usernames, but you want the mail to be delivered to username\@my.local.hostname.",
-         "t",
-         "");
-
-
-DefParam("voteremovedmail",
-q{This is a mail message to send to anyone who gets a vote removed from a bug for any reason.  %to% gets replaced by the person who used to be voting for this bug.  %bugid% gets replaced by the bug number.  %reason% gets replaced by a short reason describing why the vote(s) were removed.  %votesremoved%, %votesold% and %votesnew% is the number of votes removed, before and after respectively.  %votesremovedtext%, %votesoldtext% and %votesnewtext% are these as sentences, eg "You had 2 votes on this bug."  %count% is also supported for backwards compatibility.  %<i>anythingelse</i>% gets replaced by the definition of that parameter (as defined on this page).},
-         "l",
-"From: bugzilla-daemon
-To: %to%
-Subject: [Bug %bugid%] Some or all of your votes have been removed.
-
-Some or all of your votes have been removed from bug %bugid%.
-
-%votesoldtext%
-
-%votesnewtext%
-
-Reason: %reason%
-
-%urlbase%show_bug.cgi?id=%bugid%
-");
-         
-DefParam("allowbugdeletion",
-         q{The pages to edit products and components and versions can delete all associated bugs when you delete a product (or component or version).  Since that is a pretty scary idea, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen.},
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-
-DefParam("allowemailchange",
-         q{Users can change their own email address through the preferences.  Note that the change is validated by emailing both addresses, so switching this option on will not let users use an invalid address.},
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-
-DefParam("allowuserdeletion",
-         q{The pages to edit users can also let you delete a user.  But there is no code that goes and cleans up any references to that user in other tables, so such deletions are kinda scary.  So, you have to turn on this option before any such deletions will ever happen.},
-         "b",
-         0);
-
-DefParam("browserbugmessage",
-         "If bugzilla gets unexpected data from the browser, in addition to displaying the cause of the problem, it will output this HTML as well.",
-         "l",
-         "this may indicate a bug in your browser.\n");
-
-#
-# Parameters to force users to comment their changes for different actions.
-DefParam("commentonaccept", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if he accepts the bug",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonclearresolution", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bugs resolution is cleared",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonconfirm", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment when confirming a bug",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonresolve", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is resolved",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonreassign", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reassigned",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonreassignbycomponent", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reassigned by component",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonreopen", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is reopened",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonverify", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is verified",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonclose", 
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is closed",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("commentonduplicate",
-         "If this option is on, the user needs to enter a short comment if the bug is marked as duplicate",
-         "b", 0 );
-DefParam("supportwatchers",
-         "Support one user watching (ie getting copies of all related email" .
-         " about) another's bugs.  Useful for people going on vacation, and" .
-         " QA folks watching particular developers' bugs",
-         "b", 0 );
-
-
-DefParam("move-enabled",
-         "If this is on, Bugzilla will allow certain people to move bugs to the defined database.",
-         "b",
-         0);
-DefParam("move-button-text",
-         "The text written on the Move button. Explain where the bug is being moved to.",
-         "t",
-         'Move To Bugscape');
-DefParam("move-to-url",
-         "The URL of the database we allow some of our bugs to be moved to.",
-         "t",
-         '');
-DefParam("move-to-address",
-         "To move bugs, an email is sent to the target database. This is the email address that database
-          uses to listen for incoming bugs.",
-         "t",
-         'bugzilla-import');
-DefParam("moved-from-address",
-         "To move bugs, an email is sent to the target database. This is the email address from which
-          this mail, and error messages are sent.",
-         "t",
-         'bugzilla-admin');
-DefParam("movers",
-         "A list of people with permission to move bugs and reopen moved bugs (in case the move operation fails).",
-         "t",
-         '');
-DefParam("moved-default-product",
-         "Bugs moved from other databases to here are assigned to this product.",
-         "t",
-         '');
-DefParam("moved-default-component",
-         "Bugs moved from other databases to here are assigned to this component.",
-         "t",
-         '');
-
-# The maximum size (in bytes) for patches and non-patch attachments.
-# The default limit is 1000KB, which is 24KB less than mysql's default
-# maximum packet size (which determines how much data can be sent in a
-# single mysql packet and thus how much data can be inserted into the
-# database) to provide breathing space for the data in other fields of
-# the attachment record as well as any mysql packet overhead (I don't
-# know of any, but I suspect there may be some.)
-
-DefParam("maxpatchsize",
-         "The maximum size (in kilobytes) of patches.  Bugzilla will not 
-          accept patches greater than this number of kilobytes in size.
-          To accept patches of any size (subject to the limitations of 
-          your server software), set this value to zero." ,
-         "t",
-         '1000');
-
-DefParam("maxattachmentsize" , 
-         "The maximum size (in kilobytes) of non-patch attachments.  Bugzilla 
-          will not accept attachments greater than this number of kilobytes 
-          in size.  To accept attachments of any size (subject to the
-          limitations of your server software), set this value to zero." , 
-         "t" , 
-         '1000');
-
-1;

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/describecomponents.cgi

@@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Netscape Communications
-# Corporation. Portions created by Netscape are
-# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-#                 Bradley Baetz <bbaetz@student.usyd.edu.au>
-
-use vars qw(
-  %FORM
-  $userid
-);
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-
-use lib qw(.);
-
-require "CGI.pl";
-
-ConnectToDatabase();
-GetVersionTable();
-
-if (!defined $::FORM{'product'}) {
-    # Reference to a subset of %::proddesc, which the user is allowed to see
-    my %products;
-
-    if (Param("usebuggroups")) {
-        # OK, now only add products the user can see
-        confirm_login();
-        foreach my $p (@::legal_product) {
-            if (!GroupExists($p) || UserInGroup($p)) {
-                $products{$p} = $::proddesc{$p};
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else {
-          %products = %::proddesc;
-    }
-
-    my $prodsize = scalar(keys %products);
-    if ($prodsize == 0) {
-        DisplayError("Either no products have been defined ".
-                     "or you have not been given access to any.\n");
-        exit;
-    }
-    elsif ($prodsize > 1) {
-        $::vars->{'proddesc'} = \%products;
-        $::vars->{'target'} = "describecomponents.cgi";
-        $::vars->{'title'} = "Bugzilla component description";
-        $::vars->{'h2'} = 
-          "Please specify the product whose components you want described.";
-
-        print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
-        $::template->process("global/choose-product.html.tmpl", $::vars)
-          || ThrowTemplateError($::template->error());
-        exit;
-    }
-
-    $::FORM{'product'} = (keys %::proddesc)[0];
-}
-
-my $product = $::FORM{'product'};
-
-# Make sure the user specified a valid product name.  Note that
-# if the user specifies a valid product name but is not authorized
-# to access that product, they will receive a different error message
-# which could enable people guessing product names to determine
-# whether or not certain products exist in Bugzilla, even if they
-# cannot get any other information about that product.
-grep($product eq $_ , @::legal_product)
-  || DisplayError("The product name is invalid.")
-  && exit;
-
-# Make sure the user is authorized to access this product.
-if (Param("usebuggroups") && GroupExists($product) && !$::userid) {
-    confirm_login();
-    UserInGroup($product)
-      || DisplayError("You are not authorized to access that product.")
-        && exit;
-}
-
-######################################################################
-# End Data/Security Validation
-######################################################################
-
-my @components;
-SendSQL("SELECT value, initialowner, initialqacontact, description FROM " .
-        "components WHERE program = " . SqlQuote($product) . " ORDER BY " .
-        "value");
-while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    my ($name, $initialowner, $initialqacontact, $description) =
-      FetchSQLData();
-
-    my %component;
-
-    $component{'name'} = $name;
-    $component{'initialowner'} = $initialowner ?
-      DBID_to_name($initialowner) : '';
-    $component{'initialqacontact'} = $initialqacontact ?
-      DBID_to_name($initialqacontact) : '';
-    $component{'description'} = $description;
-
-    push @components, \%component;
-}
-
-$::vars->{'product'} = $product;
-$::vars->{'components'} = \@components;
-
-print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
-$::template->process("reports/components.html.tmpl", $::vars)
-  || ThrowTemplateError($::template->error());
-

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/describekeywords.cgi

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bonsaitools/bin/perl -wT
-# -*- Mode: perl; indent-tabs-mode: nil -*-
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public
-# License Version 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file
-# except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of
-# the License at http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS
-# IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or
-# implied. See the License for the specific language governing
-# rights and limitations under the License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Bugzilla Bug Tracking System.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is Terry Weissman.
-# Portions created by Terry Weissman are
-# Copyright (C) 2000 Terry Weissman. All
-# Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s): Terry Weissman <terry@mozilla.org>
-# Contributor(s): Gervase Markham <gerv@gerv.net>
-
-use diagnostics;
-use strict;
-use lib ".";
-
-require "CGI.pl";
-
-# Use the global template variables. 
-use vars qw($vars $template);
-
-ConnectToDatabase();
-
-quietly_check_login();
-
-SendSQL("SELECT keyworddefs.name, keyworddefs.description, 
-                COUNT(keywords.bug_id)
-         FROM keyworddefs LEFT JOIN keywords ON keyworddefs.id=keywords.keywordid
-         GROUP BY keyworddefs.id, keyworddefs.name, keyworddefs.description, keywords.bug_id
-         ORDER BY keyworddefs.name");
-
-my @keywords;
-
-while (MoreSQLData()) {
-    my ($name, $description, $bugs) = FetchSQLData();
-   
-    push (@keywords, { name => $name, 
-                       description => $description,
-                       bugcount => $bugs });
-}
-   
-$vars->{'keywords'} = \@keywords;
-$vars->{'caneditkeywords'} = UserInGroup("editkeywords");
-
-print "Content-type: text/html\n\n";
-$template->process("reports/keywords.html.tmpl", $vars)
-  || ThrowTemplateError($template->error());

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/README.docs

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-Welcome to the Bugzilla documentation project!
-You'll find these directories and files here:
-
-README.docs	# This README file
-html/		# The compiled HTML docs from SGML sources (do not edit)
-sgml/		# The original SGML doc sources (edit these)
-txt/		# The compiled text docs from SGML sources
-ps/		# The compiled PostScript docs from SGML sources
-pdf/		# The compiled Adobe PDF docs from SGML sources
-
-A note about SGML:
-  The documentation is written in DocBook 3.1/4.1 SGML, and attempts to adhere
-to the LinuxDoc standards everywhere applicable (http://www.linuxdoc.org).
-Please consult "The LDP Author Guide" at linuxdoc.org for details on how
-to set up your personal environment for compiling SGML files.
-  If you need to make corrections to typographical errors, or other minor
-editing duties, feel free to use any text editor to make the changes.  SGML
-is not rocket science -- simply make sure your text appears between 
-appropriate tags (like <para>This is a paragraph</para>) and we'll be fine.
-If you are making more extensive changes, please ensure you at least validate
-your SGML before checking it in with something like:
-	nsgmls -s Bugzilla-Guide.sgml
-
-  When you validate, please validate the master document (Bugzilla-Guide.sgml)
-as well as the document you edited to ensure there are no critical errors.
-The following errors are considered "normal" when validating with nsgmls:
-
- DTDDECL catalog entries are not supported
- "DOCTYPE" declaration not allowed in instance
-
-  The reason these occur is that free sgml validators do not yet support
-the DTDDECL catalog entries, and I've included DOCTYPE declarations in
-entities referenced from Bugzilla-Guide.sgml so these entities can compile
-individually, if necessary.  I suppose I ought to comment them out at some
-point, but for now they are convenient and don't hurt anything.
-
-  Thanks for taking the time to read these notes and consulting the
-documentation.  Please address comments and questions to the newsgroup:
-news://news.mozilla.org/netscape/public/mozilla/webtools .
-
-==========
-HOW TO SET UP YOUR OWN SGML EDITING ENVIRONMENT:
-==========
-
-Trying to set up an SGML/XML Docbook editing environment the 
-first time can be a daunting task.
-I use Linux-Mandrake, in part, because it has a fully-functional
-SGML/XML Docbook editing environment included as part of the
-distribution CD's.  If you have easier instructions for how to
-do this for a particular Linux distribution or platform, please
-let the team know at the mailing list: mozilla-webtools@mozilla.org.
-
-The following text is taken nearly verbatim from
-http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=95970, where I gave
-these instructions to someone who wanted the greater manageability
-maintaining a document in Docbook brings:
-
-This is just off the top of my head, but here goes.  Note some of these may 
-NOT be necessary, but I don't think they hurt anything by being installed.
-
-rpms:
-
-openjade
-jadetex
-docbook-dtds
-docbook-style-dsssl
-docbook-style-dsssl-doc
-docbook-utils
-xemacs
-psgml
-sgml-tools
-sgml-common
-
-
-If you're getting these from RedHat, make sure you get the ones in the
-rawhide area.  The ones in the 7.2 distribution are too old and don't
-include the XML stuff.
-
-Download "ldp.dsl" from the Resources page on linuxdoc.org.  This is the 
-stylesheet I use to get the HTML and text output.  It works well, and has a 
-nice, consistent look with the rest of the linuxdoc documents.  You'll have to 
-adjust the paths in ldp.dsl at the top of the file to reflect the actual 
-locations of your docbook catalog files.  I created a directory, 
-/usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp, and put the ldp.dsl file there.  I then edited 
-ldp.dsl and changed two lines near the top:
-<!ENTITY docbook.dsl SYSTEM "../dsssl-stylesheets/html/docbook.dsl" CDATA 
-dsssl>
-...and...
-<!ENTITY docbook.dsl SYSTEM "../dsssl-stylesheets/print/docbook.dsl" CDATA
-dsssl>
-
-Note the difference is the top one points to the HTML docbook stylesheet, 
-and the next one points to the PRINT docbook stylesheet.
-
-  You know, this sure looks awful involved.  Anyway, once you have this in
-place, add to your .bashrc:
-export SGML_CATALOG_FILES=/etc/sgml/catalog
-export LDP_HOME=/usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp
-export JADE_PUB=/usr/share/doc/openjade-1.3.1/pubtext
-
-or in .tcshrc:
-setenv SGML_CATALOG_FILES /etc/sgml/catalog
-setenv LDP_HOME /usr/share/sgml/docbook/ldp
-setenv JADE_PUB /usr/share/doc/openjade-1.3.1/pubtext
-
-  If you have root access and want to set this up for anyone on your box,
-you can add those lines to /etc/profile for bash users and /etc/csh.login
-for tcsh users.
-
-  Make sure you edit the paths in the above environment variables if those
-folders are anywhere else on your system (for example, the openjade version
-might change if you get a new version at some point).
-
-  I suggest xemacs for editing your SGML/XML Docbook documents.  The darn
-thing just works, and generally includes PSGML mode by default.  Not to
-mention you can validate the SGML from right within it without having to
-remember the command-line syntax for nsgml (not that it's that hard
-anyway).  If not, you can download psgml at
-http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/psgml.
-
-==========
-NOTES:
-==========
-
-  Here are the commands I use to maintain this documentation.
-  You MUST have DocBook 4.1.2 set up correctly in order for this to work.
-
-To create HTML documentation:
-bash$ cd html
-bash$ jade -t sgml -i html -d $LDP_HOME/ldp.dsl\#html \
-$JADE_PUB/xml.dcl ../sgml/Bugzilla-Guide.sgml
-
-To create HTML documentation as a single big HTML file:
-bash$ cd html
-bash$ jade -V nochunks -t sgml -i html -d $LDP_HOME/ldp.dsl\#html \
-$JADE_PUB/xml.dcl ../sgml/Bugzilla-Guide.sgml >Bugzilla-Guide.html
-
-To create TXT documentation as a single big TXT file:
-bash$ cd txt
-bash$ lynx -dump -nolist ../html/Bugzilla-Guide.html >Bugzilla-Guide.txt
-
-
-Sincerely,
- Matthew P. Barnson
- The Bugzilla "Doc Knight"
- mbarnson@sisna.com
-
- with major edits by Dave Miller <justdave@syndicomm.com> based on
- experience setting this up on the Landfill test server.

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/about.html

@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->About This Guide</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Purpose and Scope of this Guide"
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="chapter"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="chapter"
-><H1
-><A
-NAME="about">Chapter 1. About This Guide</H1
-><DIV
-CLASS="TOC"
-><DL
-><DT
-><B
->Table of Contents</B
-></DT
-><DT
->1.1. <A
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
->Purpose and Scope of this Guide</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.2. <A
-HREF="copyright.html"
->Copyright Information</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.3. <A
-HREF="disclaimer.html"
->Disclaimer</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.4. <A
-HREF="newversions.html"
->New Versions</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.5. <A
-HREF="credits.html"
->Credits</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.6. <A
-HREF="translations.html"
->Translations</A
-></DT
-><DT
->1.7. <A
-HREF="conventions.html"
->Document Conventions</A
-></DT
-></DL
-></DIV
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
->&nbsp;</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/aboutthisguide.html

@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="About This Guide"
-HREF="about.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="About This Guide"
-HREF="about.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Copyright Information"
-HREF="copyright.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="copyright.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="aboutthisguide">1.1. Purpose and Scope of this Guide</H1
-><P
->&#13;      Bugzilla is simply the best piece of bug-tracking software the
-      world has ever seen.  This document is intended to be the
-      comprehensive guide to  the installation, administration,
-      maintenance, and use of the Bugzilla bug-tracking system.
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      This release of the Bugzilla Guide is the
-      <EM
->2.16</EM
-> release. It is so named that it
-      may match the current version of Bugzilla. The numbering
-      tradition stems from that used for many free software projects,
-      in which <EM
->even-numbered</EM
-> point releases (1.2,
-      1.14, etc.) are considered "stable releases", intended for
-      public consumption; on the other  hand,
-      <EM
->odd-numbered</EM
-> point releases (1.3, 2.09,
-      etc.) are considered unstable <EM
->development</EM
->
-      releases intended for advanced users, systems administrators,
-      developers, and those who enjoy a lot of pain. 
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      Newer revisions of the Bugzilla Guide follow the numbering
-      conventions of the main-tree Bugzilla releases, available at
-      <A
-HREF="http://www.bugzilla.org/"
-TARGET="_top"
->http://www.bugzilla.org/</A
->.  Intermediate releases will have
-      a minor revision number following a period.  The current version
-      of Bugzilla, as of this writing (April 2nd, 2002) is 2.16; if
-      something were seriously wrong with that edition of the Guide,
-      subsequent releases would receive an additional dotted-decimal
-      digit to indicate the update (2.16.1, 2.16.2, etc.).
-      Got it?  Good.
-    </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="copyright.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->About This Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Copyright Information</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/administration.html

@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Administering Bugzilla</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Win32 Installation Notes"
-HREF="win32.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Post-Installation Checklist"
-HREF="postinstall-check.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="chapter"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="win32.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="postinstall-check.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="chapter"
-><H1
-><A
-NAME="administration">Chapter 4. Administering Bugzilla</H1
-><DIV
-CLASS="TOC"
-><DL
-><DT
-><B
->Table of Contents</B
-></DT
-><DT
->4.1. <A
-HREF="postinstall-check.html"
->Post-Installation Checklist</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.2. <A
-HREF="useradmin.html"
->User Administration</A
-></DT
-><DD
-><DL
-><DT
->4.2.1. <A
-HREF="useradmin.html#defaultuser"
->Creating the Default User</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.2.2. <A
-HREF="useradmin.html#manageusers"
->Managing Other Users</A
-></DT
-></DL
-></DD
-><DT
->4.3. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html"
->Product, Component, Milestone, and Version
-      Administration</A
-></DT
-><DD
-><DL
-><DT
->4.3.1. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#products"
->Products</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.3.2. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#components"
->Components</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.3.3. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#versions"
->Versions</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.3.4. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#milestones"
->Milestones</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.3.5. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#voting"
->Voting</A
-></DT
-><DT
->4.3.6. <A
-HREF="programadmin.html#groups"
->Groups and Group Security</A
-></DT
-></DL
-></DD
-><DT
->4.4. <A
-HREF="security.html"
->Bugzilla Security</A
-></DT
-></DL
-></DIV
-><FONT
-COLOR="RED"
->&#13;    Or, I just got this cool thing installed.  Now what the heck do I
-    do with it?
-  </FONT
-><P
->&#13;    So you followed <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"<A
-HREF="installation.html"
->Bugzilla Installation</A
->"</SPAN
-> to the
-    letter, and logged into Bugzilla for the very first time with your
-    super-duper god account.  You sit, contentedly staring at the
-    Bugzilla Query Screen, the worst of the whole mad business of
-    installing this terrific program behind you. It seems, though, you
-    have nothing yet to query! Your first act of business should be to
-    setup the operating parameters for Bugzilla so you can get busy
-    getting data into your bug tracker.
-  </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="win32.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="postinstall-check.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Win32 Installation Notes</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
->&nbsp;</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Post-Installation Checklist</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/bonsai.html

@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Bonsai</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools"
-HREF="integration.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools"
-HREF="integration.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="CVS"
-HREF="cvs.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="integration.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 5. Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="cvs.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="bonsai">5.1. Bonsai</H1
-><P
->Bonsai is a web-based tool for managing <A
-HREF="cvs.html"
->CVS, the Concurrent Versioning System</A
->
-      .  Using Bonsai, administrators can control open/closed status
-      of trees, query a fast relational database back-end for change,
-      branch, and comment information, and view changes made since the
-      last time the tree was closed.  These kinds of changes cause the
-      engineer responsible to be <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"on the hook"</SPAN
-> (include
-      cool URL link here for Hook policies at mozilla.org).  Bonsai
-      also includes gateways to <A
-HREF="tinderbox.html"
->Tinderbox, the Mozilla automated build management system</A
-> and Bugzilla </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="integration.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="cvs.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Integrating Bugzilla with Third-Party Tools</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="integration.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->CVS</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/bsdinstall.html

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->BSD Installation Notes</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="Installation"
-HREF="installation.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Mac OS X Installation Notes"
-HREF="osx.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Installation General Notes"
-HREF="geninstall.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="osx.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 3. Installation</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="geninstall.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="bsdinstall">3.4. BSD Installation Notes</H1
-><P
->&#13;      For instructions on how to set up Bugzilla on FreeBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, BSDi, etc. please
-      consult <A
-HREF="osx.html"
->Section 3.3</A
->.
-    </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="osx.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="geninstall.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Mac OS X Installation Notes</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="installation.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Installation General Notes</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/bzhacking.html

@@ -1,492 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Hacking Bugzilla</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"
-HREF="patches.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="The Quicksearch Utility"
-HREF="quicksearch.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="GNU Free Documentation License"
-HREF="gfdl.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="quicksearch.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Appendix D. Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="gfdl.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="bzhacking">D.5. Hacking Bugzilla</H1
-><P
->&#13;      The following is a guide for reviewers when checking code into Bugzilla's
-      CVS repostory at mozilla.org.  If you wish to submit patches to Bugzilla,
-      you should follow the rules and style conventions below.  Any code that
-      does not adhere to these basic rules will not be added to Bugzilla's
-      codebase.
-    </P
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H2
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="AEN2436">D.5.1. Things that have caused problems and should be avoided</H2
-><P
-></P
-><OL
-TYPE="1"
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Usage of variables in Regular Expressions
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            It is very important that you don't use a variable in a regular
-            expression unless that variable is supposed to contain an expression.
-            This especially applies when using grep.  You should use:
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><FONT
-COLOR="#000000"
-><PRE
-CLASS="programlisting"
->&#13;grep ($_ eq $value, @array);
-            </PRE
-></FONT
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
->
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            -- NOT THIS --
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><FONT
-COLOR="#000000"
-><PRE
-CLASS="programlisting"
->&#13;grep (/$value/, @array);
-            </PRE
-></FONT
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
->
-          </P
-><DIV
-CLASS="note"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="note"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="../images/note.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Note"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->&#13;              If you need to use a non-expression variable inside of an expression, be
-              sure to quote it properly (using <TT
-CLASS="function"
->\Q..\E</TT
->).
-            </P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></LI
-></OL
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H2
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="AEN2450">D.5.2. Coding Style for Bugzilla</H2
-><P
->&#13;        While it's true that not all of the code currently in Bugzilla adheres to
-        this (or any) styleguide, it is something that is being worked toward.  Therefore,
-        we ask that all new code (submitted patches and new files) follow this guide
-        as closely as possible (if you're only changing 1 or 2 lines, you don't have
-        to reformat the entire file :).
-      </P
-><P
->&#13;        The Bugzilla development team has decided to adopt the perl style guide as
-        published by Larry Wall.  This giude can be found in <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"Programming
-        Perl"</SPAN
-> (the camel book) or by typing <B
-CLASS="command"
->man perlstyle</B
-> at
-        your favorite shell prompt.
-      </P
-><P
->&#13;        What appears below if a brief summary, please refer to the perl style
-        guide if you don't see your question covered here.  It is much better to submit
-	a patch which fails these criteria than no patch at all, but please try to meet
-	these minimum standards when submitting code to Bugzilla.
-      </P
-><P
-></P
-><UL
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Whitespace
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            Bugzilla's preferred indentation is 4 spaces (no tabs, please).
-          </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Curly braces.
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            The opening brace of a block should be on the same line as the statement
-            that is causing the block and the closing brace should be at the same
-            indentation level as that statement, for example:
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><FONT
-COLOR="#000000"
-><PRE
-CLASS="programlisting"
->&#13;if ($var) {
-    print "The variable is true";
-}
-else {
-    print "Try again";
-}
-            </PRE
-></FONT
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
->
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            -- NOT THIS --
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><FONT
-COLOR="#000000"
-><PRE
-CLASS="programlisting"
->&#13;if ($var)
-{
-    print "The variable is true";
-}
-else
-{
-    print "Try again";
-}
-            </PRE
-></FONT
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
->
-          </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Cookies
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    Bugzilla uses cookies to ease the user experience, but no new patches
-	    should <EM
->require</EM
-> user-side cookies.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            File Names
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            File names for bugzilla code and support documention should be legal across
-            multiple platforms. <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->\ / : * ? " &#60; &#62;</TT
->
-            and <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->|</TT
-> are all illegal characters for filenames
-            on various platforms.  Also, file names should not have spaces in them as they
-            can cause confusion in CVS and other mozilla.org utilities.
-          </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Javascript dependencies
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    While Bugzilla uses Javascript to make the user experience easier, no patch
-	    to Bugzilla should <EM
->require</EM
-> Javascript.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Patch Format
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    All patches submitted for inclusion into Bugzilla should be in the form of a
-	    <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"unified diff"</SPAN
->.  This comes from using <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"diff -u"</SPAN
->
-	    instead of simply <SPAN
-CLASS="QUOTE"
->"diff"</SPAN
-> when creating your patch.  This will
-	    result in quicker acceptance of the patch.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Schema Changes
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    If you make schema changes, you should modify <TT
-CLASS="filename"
->sanitycheck.cgi</TT
->
-	    to support the new schema.  All referential columns should be checked.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Taint Mode
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    All new cgis must run in Taint mode (Perl taint and DBI taint), and existing cgi's
-	    which run in taint mode must not have taint mode turned off.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	    Templatization
-	  </P
-><P
->&#13;	    Patches to Bugzilla need to support templates so they do not force user interface choices
-	    on Bugzilla administrators.
-	  </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Variable Names
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            If a variable is scoped globally (<TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->$::variable</TT
->)
-            its name should be descriptive of what it contains.  Local variables can be named
-            a bit looser, provided the context makes their content obvious.  For example,
-            <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->$ret</TT
-> could be used as a staging variable for a
-             routine's return value as the line <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->return $ret;</TT
->
-             will make it blatantly obvious what the variable holds and most likely be shown
-             on the same screen as <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->my $ret = "";</TT
->.
-          </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Cross Database Compatability
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            Bugzilla was originally written to work with MySQL and therefore took advantage
-            of some of its features that aren't contained in other RDBMS software.  These
-            should be avoided in all new code.  Examples of these features are enums and
-            <TT
-CLASS="function"
->encrypt()</TT
->.
-          </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;            Cross Platform Compatability
-          </P
-><P
->&#13;            While Bugzilla was written to be used on Unix based systems (and Unix/Linux is
-            still the only officially supported platform) there are many who desire/need to
-            run Bugzilla on Microsoft Windows boxes.  Whenever possible, we should strive
-            not to make the lives of these people any more complicated and avoid doing things
-            that break Bugzilla's ability to run on multiple operating systems.
-          </P
-></LI
-></UL
-></DIV
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="quicksearch.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="gfdl.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->The Quicksearch Utility</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="patches.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->GNU Free Documentation License</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/cmdline.html

@@ -1,269 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Command-line Bugzilla Queries</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla"
-HREF="patches.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="The setperl.csh Utility"
-HREF="setperl.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="The Quicksearch Utility"
-HREF="quicksearch.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="setperl.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Appendix D. Useful Patches and Utilities for Bugzilla</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="quicksearch.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="cmdline">D.3. Command-line Bugzilla Queries</H1
-><P
->&#13;      Users can query Bugzilla from the command line using this suite
-      of utilities.
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      The query.conf file contains the mapping from options to field
-      names and comparison types.  Quoted option names are "grepped"
-      for, so it should be easy to edit this file.  Comments (#) have
-      no effect; you must make sure these lines do not contain any
-      quoted "option"
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      buglist is a shell script which submits a Bugzilla query and
-      writes the resulting HTML page to stdout.  It supports both
-      short options, (such as "-Afoo" or "-Rbar") and long options
-      (such as "--assignedto=foo" or "--reporter=bar").  If the first
-      character of an option is not "-", it is treated as if it were
-      prefixed with "--default=".
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      The columlist is taken from the COLUMNLIST environment variable.
-      This is equivalent to the "Change Columns" option when you list
-      bugs in buglist.cgi.  If you have already used Bugzilla, use
-      <B
-CLASS="command"
->grep COLUMLIST ~/.netscape/cookies</B
-> to see
-      your current COLUMNLIST setting.
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      bugs is a simple shell script which calls buglist and extracts
-      the bug numbers from the output.  Adding the prefix
-      "http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/buglist.cgi?bug_id=" turns the bug
-      list into a working link if any bugs are found. Counting bugs is
-      easy.  Pipe the results through <B
-CLASS="command"
->sed -e 's/,/ /g' | wc |
-	awk '{printf $2 "\n"}'</B
->
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      Akkana says she has good results piping buglist output through
-      <B
-CLASS="command"
->w3m -T text/html -dump</B
->
-    </P
-><DIV
-CLASS="procedure"
-><OL
-TYPE="1"
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	  Download three files:
-	</P
-><OL
-CLASS="SUBSTEPS"
-TYPE="a"
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	      <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
-> <TT
-CLASS="prompt"
->bash$</TT
-> <B
-CLASS="command"
->wget -O
-		  query.conf
-		  'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26157'</B
-> </TT
->
-	    </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	      <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
-> <TT
-CLASS="prompt"
->bash$</TT
-> <B
-CLASS="command"
->wget -O
-		  buglist
-		  'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26944'</B
-> </TT
->
-	    </P
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	      <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
-> <TT
-CLASS="prompt"
->bash#</TT
-> <B
-CLASS="command"
->wget -O
-		  bugs
-		  'http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/showattachment.cgi?attach_id=26215'</B
-> </TT
->
-	    </P
-></LI
-></OL
-></LI
-><LI
-><P
->&#13;	  Make your utilities executable:
-	  <TT
-CLASS="computeroutput"
->&#13;	    <TT
-CLASS="prompt"
->bash$</TT
->
-	    <B
-CLASS="command"
->chmod u+x buglist bugs</B
->
-	  </TT
->
-	</P
-></LI
-></OL
-></DIV
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="setperl.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="quicksearch.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->The setperl.csh Utility</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="patches.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->The Quicksearch Utility</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/contributors.html

@@ -1,150 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Contributors</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="About This Guide"
-HREF="about.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Credits"
-HREF="credits.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Feedback"
-HREF="feedback.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="credits.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="feedback.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="contributors">1.6. Contributors</H1
-><P
->&#13;      Thanks go to these people for significant contributions to this
-      documentation (in no particular order):
-    </P
-><P
->&#13;      Andrew Pearson, Spencer Smith, Eric Hanson, Kevin Brannen, Ron
-      Teitelbaum, Jacob Steenhagen, Joe Robins
-    </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="credits.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="feedback.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Credits</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Feedback</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/conventions.html

@@ -1,462 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Document Conventions</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="About This Guide"
-HREF="about.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Translations"
-HREF="translations.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Using Bugzilla"
-HREF="using.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="translations.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="using.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="conventions">1.7. Document Conventions</H1
-><P
->&#13;    This document uses the following conventions
-  </P
-><DIV
-CLASS="informaltable"
-><A
-NAME="AEN91"><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-CLASS="CALSTABLE"
-><THEAD
-><TR
-><TH
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Descriptions</TH
-><TH
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Appearance</TH
-></TR
-></THEAD
-><TBODY
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Warnings</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><DIV
-CLASS="caution"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="caution"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="../images/caution.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Caution"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->Don't run with scissors!</P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Hint</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><DIV
-CLASS="tip"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="tip"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="../images/tip.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Tip"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->Warm jar lids under the hot tap to loosen them.</P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Notes</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><DIV
-CLASS="note"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="note"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="../images/note.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Note"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->Dear John...</P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Information requiring special attention</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><DIV
-CLASS="warning"
-><P
-></P
-><TABLE
-CLASS="warning"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="25"
-ALIGN="CENTER"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><IMG
-SRC="../images/warning.gif"
-HSPACE="5"
-ALT="Warning"></TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->Read this or the cat gets it.</P
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->File Names</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><TT
-CLASS="filename"
->file.extension</TT
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Directory Names</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><TT
-CLASS="filename"
->directory</TT
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Commands to be typed</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><B
-CLASS="command"
->command</B
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Applications Names</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><SPAN
-CLASS="application"
->application</SPAN
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><I
-CLASS="foreignphrase"
->Prompt</I
-> of users command under bash shell</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->bash$</TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><I
-CLASS="foreignphrase"
->Prompt</I
-> of root users command under bash shell</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->bash#</TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><I
-CLASS="foreignphrase"
->Prompt</I
-> of user command under tcsh shell</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->tcsh$</TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Environment Variables</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><TT
-CLASS="envar"
->VARIABLE</TT
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Emphasized word</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><EM
->word</EM
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
->Code Example</TD
-><TD
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-VALIGN="MIDDLE"
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><FONT
-COLOR="#000000"
-><PRE
-CLASS="programlisting"
-><TT
-CLASS="sgmltag"
->&#60;para&#62;</TT
->Beginning and end of paragraph<TT
-CLASS="sgmltag"
->&#60;/para&#62;</TT
-></PRE
-></FONT
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TBODY
-></TABLE
-><P
-></P
-></DIV
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="translations.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="using.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Translations</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Using Bugzilla</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->

mozilla/webtools/bugzilla/docs/html/copyright.html

@@ -1,191 +0,0 @@
-<HTML
-><HEAD
-><TITLE
->Copyright Information</TITLE
-><META
-NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"><LINK
-REL="HOME"
-TITLE="The Bugzilla Guide"
-HREF="index.html"><LINK
-REL="UP"
-TITLE="About This Guide"
-HREF="about.html"><LINK
-REL="PREVIOUS"
-TITLE="Purpose and Scope of this Guide"
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"><LINK
-REL="NEXT"
-TITLE="Disclaimer"
-HREF="disclaimer.html"></HEAD
-><BODY
-CLASS="section"
-BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
-TEXT="#000000"
-LINK="#0000FF"
-VLINK="#840084"
-ALINK="#0000FF"
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVHEADER"
-><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Header navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TH
-COLSPAN="3"
-ALIGN="center"
->The Bugzilla Guide</TH
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="bottom"
->Chapter 1. About This Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="bottom"
-><A
-HREF="disclaimer.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="section"
-><H1
-CLASS="section"
-><A
-NAME="copyright">1.2. Copyright Information</H1
-><A
-NAME="AEN39"><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CLASS="BLOCKQUOTE"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-VALIGN="TOP"
->&nbsp;</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="80%"
-VALIGN="TOP"
-><P
->&#13;	Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this
-	document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation
-	License, Version 1.1 or any later version published  by the
-	Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no
-	Front-Cover Texts, and  with no Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of
-	the license is included in the section entitled  "GNU Free
-	Documentation License".
-      </P
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
-VALIGN="TOP"
->&nbsp;</TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-COLSPAN="2"
-ALIGN="RIGHT"
-VALIGN="TOP"
->--<SPAN
-CLASS="attribution"
->Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Matthew P. Barnson and The Bugzilla Team</SPAN
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="10%"
->&nbsp;</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-><P
->&#13;      If you have any questions regarding this document, its
-      copyright, or publishing this document in non-electronic form,
-      please contact The Bugzilla Team. 
-    </P
-></DIV
-><DIV
-CLASS="NAVFOOTER"
-><HR
-ALIGN="LEFT"
-WIDTH="100%"><TABLE
-SUMMARY="Footer navigation table"
-WIDTH="100%"
-BORDER="0"
-CELLPADDING="0"
-CELLSPACING="0"
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="aboutthisguide.html"
-ACCESSKEY="P"
->Prev</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="index.html"
-ACCESSKEY="H"
->Home</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="disclaimer.html"
-ACCESSKEY="N"
->Next</A
-></TD
-></TR
-><TR
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="left"
-VALIGN="top"
->Purpose and Scope of this Guide</TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="34%"
-ALIGN="center"
-VALIGN="top"
-><A
-HREF="about.html"
-ACCESSKEY="U"
->Up</A
-></TD
-><TD
-WIDTH="33%"
-ALIGN="right"
-VALIGN="top"
->Disclaimer</TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
-></DIV
-></BODY
-></HTML
->